Nothing Special   »   [go: up one dir, main page]

WO2021068930A1 - Measurement report configuration method, device and system - Google Patents

Measurement report configuration method, device and system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021068930A1
WO2021068930A1 PCT/CN2020/120156 CN2020120156W WO2021068930A1 WO 2021068930 A1 WO2021068930 A1 WO 2021068930A1 CN 2020120156 W CN2020120156 W CN 2020120156W WO 2021068930 A1 WO2021068930 A1 WO 2021068930A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
measurement
configuration
report
value
height
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/120156
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
梁敬
陈力
鲍炜
Original Assignee
维沃移动通信有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 维沃移动通信有限公司 filed Critical 维沃移动通信有限公司
Publication of WO2021068930A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021068930A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/10Scheduling measurement reports ; Arrangements for measurement reports
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/02Arrangements for optimising operational condition

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a measurement report configuration method, device, and system.
  • the network device can send a measurement configuration to the UE in a non-connected state (i.e., idle or inactive state) to instruct the UE to perform measurement according to the measurement configuration. ; And, when the UE is in the connected state, the UE can report the measurement result obtained by the measurement to the network device.
  • a non-connected state i.e., idle or inactive state
  • the UE after the UE performs the measurement, it directly sends the measurement result obtained by the measurement to the network device.
  • the UE's measurement result may not meet the reporting requirements of the network device.
  • the UE has poor flexibility in measuring and reporting.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a measurement report configuration method, device, and system, which can solve the problem of UE's poor flexibility in measurement report.
  • the first aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a measurement report configuration method, which is applied to a UE.
  • the measurement report configuration method includes: receiving a measurement configuration sent by a network device; wherein the measurement configuration is used to instruct the UE to report a measurement report Condition, the measurement configuration includes at least one of the following configurations for the measurement report: measurement event configuration, first measurement height configuration, first measurement location configuration, and first measurement speed configuration; according to the measurement configuration, it is determined whether to report the measurement report.
  • the second aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a measurement report configuration method, which is applied to a network device.
  • the measurement report configuration method includes: sending a measurement configuration to a UE; wherein the measurement configuration is used to indicate the reporting condition of the UE's measurement report ,
  • the measurement configuration includes at least one of the following configurations for the measurement report: measurement event configuration, first measurement height configuration, first measurement position configuration, and first measurement speed configuration.
  • a third aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a UE.
  • the UE may include: a receiving module and a determining module.
  • the receiving module is used to receive the measurement configuration sent by the network device; wherein, the measurement configuration is used to indicate the reporting condition of the measurement report of the UE, and the measurement configuration includes at least one of the following configurations for the measurement report: measurement event configuration, The first measurement height configuration, the first measurement position configuration, and the first measurement speed configuration.
  • the determining module is used to determine whether to report a measurement report according to the measurement configuration received by the receiving module.
  • a network device may include: a sending module.
  • the sending module is used to send the measurement configuration to the UE; wherein the measurement configuration is used to indicate the reporting conditions of the measurement report of the UE, and the measurement configuration includes at least one of the following configurations for the measurement report: measurement event configuration, first Measurement height configuration, first measurement position configuration, and first measurement speed configuration.
  • a UE in a fifth aspect of the embodiments of the present application, includes a processor, a memory, and a computer program stored in the memory and capable of running on the processor.
  • the computer program implements the above-mentioned first aspect when executed by the processor. Steps of the measurement report configuration method in.
  • a network device in a sixth aspect of the embodiments of the present application, includes a processor, a memory, and a computer program that is stored in the memory and can run on the processor.
  • the computer program When the computer program is executed by the processor, the above-mentioned first The steps of the measurement report configuration method in the second aspect.
  • a seventh aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a communication system including the UE described in the third aspect and the network device described in the fourth aspect; or, the communication system includes the communication system described in the fifth aspect.
  • An eighth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium storing a computer program on the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, the measurement report configuration method as described in the first aspect is implemented. Steps, or the steps of the measurement report configuration method as described in the second aspect.
  • the UE may determine whether to report the measurement report according to the measurement configuration configured by the network device (the measurement configuration is used to indicate the reporting condition of the UE's measurement report). Since the UE can determine whether the report conditions of the measurement report are met according to the measurement event configuration, the first measurement height configuration, the first measurement location configuration, and/or the first measurement speed configuration configured by the network device, so as to determine whether to perform the measurement report.
  • the measurement result obtained by the measurement is directly sent to the network device, so that the flexibility of the UE for measurement reporting can be improved.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 2 is one of the schematic diagrams of a measurement report configuration method provided by an embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 3 is a second schematic diagram of a measurement report configuration method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a UE provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of hardware of a UE provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of hardware of a network device provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • first and second in the description and claims of the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish different objects, rather than to describe a specific order of objects.
  • first measurement height configuration and the second measurement height configuration are used to distinguish different measurement height configurations, rather than describing a specific sequence of the measurement height configurations.
  • plural means two or more.
  • a plurality of elements refers to two elements or more than two elements.
  • words such as “exemplary” or “for example” are used as examples, illustrations, or illustrations. Any embodiment or design solution described as “exemplary” or “for example” in the embodiments of the present application should not be construed as being more preferable or advantageous than other embodiments or design solutions. To be precise, words such as “exemplary” or “for example” are used to present related concepts in a specific manner.
  • LTE long-term evolution
  • NR new radio
  • the UE when determining whether to measure intra-frequency neighboring cells for cell selection and reselection, when If the serving cell satisfies Srxlev>SIntraSearchP and Squal>SIntraSearchQ, the UE chooses not to perform the measurement of the neighboring cells of the same frequency, otherwise, if it is lower than the threshold, it needs to perform the measurement of the neighboring cells of the same frequency.
  • RAT radio access technology
  • the UE chooses not to perform neighboring cell measurement; otherwise, if it is lower than the threshold, it needs to perform neighboring measurement. Measurement of the cell.
  • the UE can be based on the SpCell measurement result (RSRP or RSRQ) and the configured S-measure related threshold (s-MeasureConfig). If the measurement result is lower than the configured threshold, the UE can use the measurement configuration and measurement report configuration. Carry out the calculation of the measurement results and the evaluation of the report. Therefore, when the measurement result is higher than the threshold, there is no need to perform corresponding measurement and measurement report evaluation.
  • RSRP SpCell measurement result
  • RSRQ the configured S-measure related threshold
  • Measurement report If the report conditions are met, the UE will fill in the measurement results and include the measurement results in the measurement report and send it to the network device.
  • related events are: measurement events in the same system are identified by AX (A1: serving cell is better than the absolute threshold, used to stop the ongoing inter-frequency/IRAT measurement, and deactivate the measurement gap under RRC control; A2: service The cell is worse than the absolute threshold, indicating the poor coverage of the current frequency.
  • Inter-frequency/IRAT measurement can be started, and the measurement gap is activated under the control of RRC;
  • A3 neighbor cell ratio (serving cell + offset) is better, used for handover;
  • A4 The neighboring cell is better than the absolute threshold and can be used for load balancing, similar to moving to high-priority cell reselection;
  • A5 the serving cell is worse than the absolute threshold 1, and the neighboring cell is better than the absolute threshold 2, which can be used for load balancing, and mobile Reselection to low-priority cells is similar); different system measurement events are identified by BX (B1: inter RAT neighboring cell is better than absolute threshold, used to measure high-priority RAT cells;
  • B2 serving cell is worse than absolute threshold 1 ,
  • the inter RAT neighboring cell is better than the absolute threshold 2, which is used for the measurement of the same or low priority RAT cell).
  • the measurement report is divided into event-triggered one-time report, periodic report, event-triggered periodic report, etc.
  • the measurement report needs
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a measurement report configuration method, device, and system.
  • the UE can determine whether to report the measurement report according to the measurement configuration configured by the network device (the measurement configuration is used to indicate the reporting condition of the UE's measurement report). Since the UE can determine whether the report conditions of the measurement report are met according to the measurement event configuration, the first measurement height configuration, the first measurement location configuration, and/or the first measurement speed configuration configured by the network device, so as to determine whether to perform the measurement report.
  • the measurement result obtained by the measurement is directly sent to the network device, so that the flexibility of the UE for measurement reporting can be improved.
  • the measurement report configuration method, device, and system provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a communication system. Specifically, it can be applied to the process in which the UE determines whether to perform measurement report according to the measurement configuration of the network device based on the communication system.
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system may include UE 01 and network equipment 02. Among them, a connection and communication can be established between the UE 01 and the network device 02.
  • a UE is a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to users, a handheld device with wired/wireless connection functions, or other processing devices connected to a wireless modem.
  • the UE may communicate with one or more core network devices through a radio access network (RAN).
  • RAN radio access network
  • the UE can be a mobile terminal, such as a mobile phone (or called a "cellular" phone) and a computer with a mobile terminal.
  • PCS personal communication service
  • SIP Session Initiation Protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistants
  • the UE may also be called a user agent or terminal device.
  • the network device may be a base station.
  • a base station is a device deployed in the RAN to provide wireless communication functions for the UE.
  • the base station may include various forms of macro base stations, micro base stations, relay stations, access points, and so on.
  • the names of devices with base station functions may be different.
  • 3G third-generation mobile communication
  • eNB Called evolved NodeB
  • gNB fifth generation mobile communication
  • the name "base station” may change.
  • the measurement report configuration method may include the following steps 201 to 203.
  • Step 201 The network device sends the measurement configuration to the UE.
  • Step 202 The UE receives the measurement configuration sent by the network device.
  • the foregoing measurement configuration is used to indicate the reporting conditions of the UE's measurement report
  • the measurement configuration includes at least one of the following configurations for the measurement report: measurement event configuration, first measurement height configuration, first measurement location configuration, and The first measurement speed configuration.
  • the network device may send the measurement configuration to the UE through dedicated signaling (for example, radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) reconfiguration).
  • dedicated signaling for example, radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) reconfiguration.
  • the measurement event configuration includes at least one of the following configurations for the corresponding measurement event: measurement quantity configuration, second measurement height configuration, and The second measurement position configuration and the second measurement speed configuration.
  • the above measurement event configuration can be understood as an event identifier (corresponding to an event number, which can indicate an event, and the event number can be letters and/or numbers (such as H3, L1, etc.)) And the event configuration corresponding to the event identifier.
  • the above-mentioned measurement quantity configuration includes a first measurement quantity change value and a first measurement quantity threshold value
  • the second measurement height configuration includes a first height threshold value and/or a first height offset
  • the second measurement position configuration includes the first position value and/or the first position offset value.
  • the first height offset value is the change threshold of the height of the UE in the first preset time period;
  • the first position value is used to indicate at least one of the following: the first geographic location range, the first area identifier , The first cell identifier, the first access network notification area (RAN-based notification area, RNA) information, and the first tracking area (tracking area, TA) identifier;
  • the above-mentioned first location offset value is used by the UE to determine the second location Whether the location of the UE changes within the preset time period and/or the change value of the location of the UE.
  • the above-mentioned first cell identifier may be used to indicate the coverage area corresponding to the first cell; the above-mentioned first RNA information may be used to indicate the coverage area corresponding to the first RNA; the above-mentioned first TA identifier may be used to indicate the first The coverage area corresponding to TA.
  • the above-mentioned first position offset value may be understood as the threshold value of the movement distance of the UE configured for the UE, or the change condition of the position of the UE configured for the UE (for example, the change of the cell identity) The number of times or the amount of change in the cell identity (for example, handover from one cell to another)).
  • the UE can determine whether to report the measurement report according to the magnitude relationship between the first movement distance of the UE in the second preset time period and the first position offset value; or, the UE can determine whether to report the measurement report according to the UE staying in a certain time period.
  • the relationship between the number of changes or the amount of change of the cell identity of the cell and the first position offset value determines whether to report a measurement report.
  • the UE determines to report the measurement report.
  • the number of times the cell identity of the cell camped on within the time period changes is less than (or equal to) the first position offset value, the UE determines not to report the measurement report; or, if the cell identity of the cell where the UE resides within a certain period of time If the number of changes is less than (or equal to) the first location offset value, the UE determines to report a measurement report. If the number of changes in the cell identity of the cell where the UE resides within a certain period of time is greater than (or equal to) the first location offset value, Then the UE determines not to report the measurement report.
  • the UE determines to report a measurement report, and if the UE is in a certain period of time, If the change of the cell identity of the cell where the UE is camping is different from the first position offset value, the UE determines not to report a measurement report; or, if the change of the cell identity of the cell where the UE is camping within a certain period of time is different from the first position If the offset value is different, the UE determines to report the measurement report. If the change amount of the cell identity of the cell where the UE resides within a certain period of time is the same as the first location offset value, the UE determines not to report the measurement report.
  • the first position offset value is the number of times the cell identity changes (for example, 3 times)
  • the cell identities of the cells where the UE resides within a certain period of time are cell a, cell b, cell c, and cell d
  • the number of changes of the cell identity of the cell where the UE resides within a certain period of time is 4 times, and the UE determines to report the measurement report.
  • the first position offset value is the change amount of the cell identity (for example, from cell a to cell b)
  • the change amount of the cell identity of the cell where the UE resides within a certain period of time is secondary cell a
  • the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • the above-mentioned first measured value change value may be a positive value, zero or a negative value.
  • the RNA information may include at least one of the following: an RNA identifier and a cell list corresponding to the RNA.
  • the aforementioned measurement quantity configuration may further include at least one of the following: one or more measurement quantity offset values, hysteresis values, and reporting trigger time.
  • the above measurement configuration includes measurement report configuration (reporting configurations), and the measurement report configuration includes at least one of the following: measurement event configuration, first measurement height configuration, first measurement position configuration, and first measurement speed configuration.
  • the foregoing measurement report configuration further includes at least one of the following: reference signal type, reporting interval, and reporting frequency.
  • the foregoing measurement configuration further includes at least one of the following: measurement objects, measurement identities, quantity configurations, measurement gaps, and so on.
  • the above-mentioned first measurement height configuration includes a second height threshold value and/or a third height offset value
  • the first measurement position configuration includes a second position value and/or a second position offset value. Shift value.
  • the third height offset value is the change threshold of the height of the UE in the third preset time period;
  • the second position value is used to indicate at least one of the following: the second geographic location range, the third area identifier , The third cell identifier, the third RNA information, and the third TA identifier;
  • the above-mentioned second location offset value is used by the UE to determine whether the location of the UE has changed within the fourth preset time period and/or the change value of the location of the UE .
  • the above-mentioned third cell identifier may be used to indicate the coverage area corresponding to the third cell; the above-mentioned third RNA information may be used to indicate the coverage area corresponding to the third RNA; the above-mentioned third TA identifier may be used to indicate the third The coverage area corresponding to TA.
  • the first measurement value change value may include one or more measurement value change values
  • the first measurement value threshold value may include one or more measurement value threshold values
  • the first height threshold value is It may include one or more height thresholds
  • the first height offset value may include one or more height offset values
  • the first position value may include one or more position values
  • the first position offset value may be It may include one or more position offset values
  • the above-mentioned second height threshold value may include one or more height threshold values
  • the above-mentioned third height offset value may include one or more height offset values
  • the above-mentioned second height threshold value may include one or more height offset values.
  • the position value may include one or more position values
  • the aforementioned second position offset value may include one or more position offset values.
  • the aforementioned measurement report may include at least one of the following: actual measurement amount of the UE, height information of the UE, location information of the UE, and speed information of the UE.
  • the measurement report may also include at least one of the following: measurement identities, measurement results of the current cell (including beam measurement results and/or cell measurement results), and neighboring cells (including measurement identities). Measurement results (including beam measurement results and/or cell measurement results) of neighboring cells on the same frequency, measurements on other frequency points, and/or measurements on other RATs.
  • the above-mentioned height information of the UE may include the height value of the UE and/or the height offset value of the UE
  • the position information of the UE may include the position value of the UE and/or the position offset value of the UE.
  • the speed information of the UE may include the horizontal speed value of the UE, the vertical speed value of the UE, or the speed value of the UE in any direction.
  • the height involved in the embodiments of this application can refer to absolute heights or relative heights.
  • the reference of relative heights can be configured by network equipment or agreed upon by agreement, and height can also refer to a range of heights;
  • the height offset value of may refer to the amount of change in the height value of the UE;
  • the location value involved in the embodiments of this application may refer to the geographic location of the UE, where the geographic location may refer to the absolute latitude and longitude location or range of the UE, and the location value may also be Refers to the zone ID (zone ID) of the area where the UE is located, or refers to the cell identity of the cell where the UE is located, or refers to the RNA identification of the RNA where the UE is located or the corresponding cell list, or refers to the TA identity of the TA where the UE is located;
  • the position offset value can refer to the horizontal movement distance, the vertical movement distance or the direct movement distance, where the direct movement distance refers to the movement distance in any direction, and the position offset
  • the UE has left one TA and/or entered another TA. It can also refer to the UE’s area identifier or calculated based on latitude and longitude. The position of has changed; the speed involved in the embodiment of this application can refer to the horizontal speed, the vertical speed or the speed in any direction.
  • Step 203 The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to the measurement configuration.
  • the UE may determine whether to report the measurement report according to whether the actual measurement quantity of the UE meets the measurement quantity configuration; and/or the UE may determine whether to report the measurement report according to the UE Determine whether to report a measurement report according to whether the height information of the UE meets the second measurement height configuration; and/or, the UE may determine whether to report the measurement report according to whether the UE’s location information meets the second measurement position configuration; and/or, the UE may determine whether to report the measurement report according to the UE’s location information. Whether the speed information meets the second measurement speed configuration, determine whether to report the measurement report.
  • the actual measurement quantity of the above UE may be understood as a measurement result obtained by the UE based on the measurement configuration (for example, measurement quantity configuration) of the network device.
  • the above measurement quantity configuration may be used to indicate at least one of the following measurement quantities: reference signal receiving power (RSRP), reference signal receiving quality (RSRQ) And signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR), etc.
  • RSRP reference signal receiving power
  • RSS reference signal receiving quality
  • SINR signal to interference plus noise ratio
  • the actual measurement quantity of the UE may be the measurement result (ie RSRP value) obtained after the UE measures the received power of the reference signal, and/or the measurement result obtained after the UE measures the received quality of the reference signal (ie RSRQ value), And/or, the measurement result (that is, the SINR value) obtained after the UE measures the strength of the received signal and the strength of the interference signal.
  • the measurement result ie RSRP value
  • the measurement result obtained after the UE measures the received quality of the reference signal ie RSRQ value
  • the measurement result that is, the SINR value
  • the measurement volume of the UE may be the measurement volume of the cell or the measurement volume of the beam, and the cell may include the current cell and/or neighboring cells.
  • the above measurement report includes a measurement result
  • the measurement result includes a beam measurement result and/or a cell measurement result.
  • the beam measurement results include: synchronization signal block (synchronization signal block, SSB), channel state information reference signal (channel state information-reference signal, CSI-RS), demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS) or other Refer to the measurement result of the reference signal.
  • the UE when the measurement configuration includes the first measurement height configuration, the UE may determine whether to report the measurement report according to whether the height information of the UE meets the first measurement height configuration; and/or, in the measurement In the case that the configuration includes the first measurement location configuration, the UE may determine whether to report the measurement report according to whether the location information of the UE meets the first measurement location configuration; and/or, in the case that the measurement configuration includes the first measurement speed configuration, the UE It may be determined whether to report a measurement report according to whether the speed information of the UE satisfies the first measurement speed configuration.
  • the embodiments of this application can be applied to unmanned aerial vehicles (UAV) or unmanned aircraft systems (UAS), such as unmanned aircraft, unmanned aerial vehicles, unmanned aerial vehicles, and unmanned combat operations. Airplanes, bees, etc.
  • UAV unmanned aerial vehicles
  • UAS unmanned aircraft systems
  • the UE in the embodiment of the present application can implement at least one of the following functions: aviation terminal authentication, altitude information reporting, interference detection based on measurement reporting, flight path information reporting, horizontal and vertical information reporting, and so on.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a measurement report configuration method.
  • the UE can determine whether to report the measurement report according to the measurement configuration configured by the network device (the measurement configuration is used to indicate the reporting condition of the UE's measurement report). Since the UE can determine whether the report conditions of the measurement report are met according to the measurement event configuration, the first measurement height configuration, the first measurement location configuration, and/or the first measurement speed configuration configured by the network device, so as to determine whether to perform the measurement report.
  • the measurement result obtained by the measurement is directly sent to the network device, so that the flexibility of the UE for measurement reporting can be improved.
  • the network device when the network device performs the handover instruction, it can determine more accurate and comprehensive information according to the measurement report reported by the UE, so that the flexibility of the handover process can be improved.
  • the above step 203 may be specifically implemented by the following step 203a.
  • Step 203a The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to whether the actual measurement amount of the UE reaches the first value.
  • the above-mentioned first value is the sum of the first measurement value threshold value and the first measurement value change value.
  • step 203a may be specifically implemented by any of the following steps 203a10 to 203a17.
  • Step 203a10 If the actual measurement amount of the UE is greater than or equal to the first value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203a11 If the actual measurement amount of the UE is less than the first value, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203a12 If the actual measurement amount of the UE is greater than the first value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203a13 If the actual measurement amount of the UE is less than or equal to the first value, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203a14 If the actual measurement amount of the UE is less than the first value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203a15 If the actual measurement amount of the UE is greater than or equal to the first value, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203a16 If the actual measurement amount of the UE is less than or equal to the first value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203a17 If the actual measurement amount of the UE is greater than the first value, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • the UE reports a measurement report when the actual measurement volume of the UE is greater than (or equal to) the first value, or reports a measurement report when the actual measurement volume of the UE is less than (or equal to) the first value, which can be a protocol Arranged or configured by network equipment.
  • the above step 203 may specifically pass the following steps 203b implementation.
  • Step 203b The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to whether the height value of the UE reaches the first height threshold.
  • step 203b may be specifically implemented by any of the following steps 203b20 to 203b27.
  • Step 203b20 If the height value of the UE is greater than or equal to the first height threshold, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203b21 If the height value of the UE is less than the first height threshold, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203b22 If the height value of the UE is greater than the first height threshold, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203b23 If the height value of the UE is less than or equal to the first height threshold, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203b24 If the height value of the UE is less than the first height threshold, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203b25 If the height value of the UE is greater than or equal to the first height threshold, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203b26 If the height value of the UE is less than or equal to the first height threshold, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203b27 If the height value of the UE is greater than the first height threshold, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • the UE reports a measurement report when the height value of the UE is greater than (or equal to) the first height threshold value, or reports a measurement report when the height value of the UE is less than (or equal to) the first height threshold value , It can be agreed by the protocol or configured by the network device.
  • the above step 203 may specifically pass the following steps 203c implementation.
  • Step 203c The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to whether the second height offset value of the UE in the first preset time period reaches the first height offset value.
  • the foregoing second height offset value may be understood as the amount of change in the height of the UE within the first preset time period.
  • step 203c may be specifically implemented by any of the following steps 203c30 to 203c37.
  • Step 203c30 If the second height offset value is greater than or equal to the first height offset value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203c31 If the second height offset value is less than the first height offset value, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203c32 If the second height offset value is greater than the first height offset value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203c33 If the second height offset value is less than or equal to the first height offset value, the UE determines not to report the measurement report.
  • Step 203c34 If the second height offset value is less than the first height offset value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203c35 If the second height offset value is greater than or equal to the first height offset value, the UE determines not to report the measurement report.
  • Step 203c36 If the second height offset value is less than or equal to the first height offset value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203c37 If the second height offset value is greater than the first height offset value, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • the UE reports the measurement report when the second height offset value is greater than (or equal to) the first height offset value, or whether the second height offset value is less than (or equal to) the first height offset value
  • the measurement report is reported at the time, which can be agreed by the protocol or configured by the network device.
  • the above-mentioned measurement event configuration includes a second measurement location configuration
  • the second measurement location configuration includes a first location value
  • the first location value indicates a first geographic location range
  • Step 203d The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to whether the geographical location value of the UE is within the first geographical location range.
  • step 203d may be specifically implemented by any of the following steps 203d40 to 203d43.
  • Step 203d40 If the geographic location value of the UE is within the range of the first geographic location, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203d41 If the geographic location value of the UE is outside the range of the first geographic location, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203d42 If the geographic location value of the UE is outside the range of the first geographic location, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203d43 If the geographic location value of the UE is within the range of the first geographic location, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • the UE reports a measurement report when the UE's geographic location value is within the first geographic location range, or when the UE's geographic location value is outside the first geographic location range may be agreed upon by agreement. Or network equipment configuration.
  • the above-mentioned measurement event configuration includes a second measurement location configuration
  • the second measurement location configuration includes a first location value
  • the first location value indicates a first area identifier
  • Step 203e The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to whether the second area identifier of the area where the UE is located is the same as the first area identifier.
  • step 203e may be specifically implemented by any of the following steps 203e50 to 203e53.
  • Step 203e50 If the second area identifier is the same as the first area identifier, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203e51 If the second area identifier is different from the first area identifier, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203e52 If the second area identifier is different from the first area identifier, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203e53 If the second area identifier is the same as the first area identifier, the UE determines not to report the measurement report.
  • the UE reports the measurement report when the second area identifier is the same as the first area identifier, or reports the measurement report when the second area identifier is different from the first area identifier may be agreed upon by the protocol or configured by the network device of.
  • the above-mentioned measurement event configuration includes a second measurement location configuration
  • the second measurement location configuration includes a first location value
  • the first location value indicates a first cell identity
  • Step 203f The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to whether the second cell identity of the cell where the UE is located is the same as the first cell identity.
  • step 203f may be specifically implemented by any of the following steps 203f60 to 203f63.
  • Step 203f60 If the second cell identifier is the same as the first cell identifier (that is, the UE is in the coverage area corresponding to the first cell), the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203f61 If the second cell identifier is different from the first cell identifier (that is, the UE is outside the coverage area corresponding to the first cell), the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203f62 If the second cell identity is different from the first cell identity, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203f63 If the second cell identity is the same as the first cell identity, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • the UE reports the measurement report when the second cell identity is the same as the first cell identity, or reports the measurement report when the second cell identity is different from the first cell identity may be agreed upon by the protocol or configured by the network device of.
  • the above-mentioned measurement event configuration includes a second measurement location configuration
  • the second measurement location configuration includes a first location value
  • the first location value indicates the first RNA information
  • Step 203g The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to whether the second RNA information of the RNA corresponding to the UE is the same as the first RNA information.
  • step 203g may be specifically implemented by any of the following steps 203g70 to 203g73.
  • Step 203g70 If the second RNA information is the same as the first RNA information (that is, the UE is in the coverage area corresponding to the first RNA), the UE determines to report the measurement report.
  • Step 203g71 If the second RNA information is different from the first RNA information (that is, the UE is outside the coverage area corresponding to the first RNA), the UE determines not to report the measurement report.
  • Step 203g72 If the second RNA information is different from the first RNA information, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203g73 If the second RNA information is the same as the first RNA information, the UE determines not to report the measurement report.
  • the UE reports the measurement report when the second RNA information is the same as the first RNA information, or reports the measurement report when the second RNA information is different from the first RNA information can be agreed upon by the protocol or configured by the network device of.
  • the above-mentioned measurement event configuration includes a second measurement position configuration
  • the second measurement position configuration includes a first position value
  • the first position value indicates a first TA identifier
  • Step 203h The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to whether the second TA identifier of the TA corresponding to the UE is the same as the first TA identifier.
  • step 203h may be specifically implemented by any of the following steps 203h80 to step 203h83.
  • Step 203h80 If the second TA identifier is the same as the first TA identifier (that is, the UE is in the coverage area corresponding to the first TA), the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203h81 If the second TA identifier is different from the first TA identifier (that is, the UE is outside the coverage area corresponding to the first TA), the UE determines not to report the measurement report.
  • Step 203h82 If the second TA identifier is different from the first TA identifier, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203h83 If the second TA identifier is the same as the first TA identifier, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • the UE reports the measurement report when the second TA identifier is the same as the first TA identifier, or reports the measurement report when the second TA identifier is different from the first TA identifier may be agreed upon by the protocol or configured by the network device of.
  • the above step 203 may specifically pass the following steps 203i implementation.
  • Step 203i The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to whether the first moving distance of the UE in the second preset time period reaches the first position offset value.
  • step 203i may be specifically implemented by any of the following steps 203i90 to 203i97.
  • Step 203i90 If the first moving distance is greater than or equal to the first position offset value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203i91 If the first moving distance is less than the first position offset value, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203i92 If the first moving distance is greater than the first position offset value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203i93 If the first moving distance is less than or equal to the first position offset value, the UE determines not to report the measurement report.
  • Step 203i94 If the first moving distance is less than the first position offset value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203i95 If the first moving distance is greater than or equal to the first position offset value, the UE determines not to report the measurement report.
  • Step 203i96 If the first moving distance is less than or equal to the first position offset value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203i97 If the first moving distance is greater than the first position offset value, the UE determines not to report the measurement report.
  • the UE reports the measurement report when the first movement distance is greater than (or equal to) the first position offset value, or reports the measurement report when the first movement distance is less than (or equal to) the first position offset value , It can be agreed by the protocol or configured by the network device.
  • the above-mentioned step 203 may be specifically implemented by the following step 203j.
  • Step 203j The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to whether the speed value of the UE reaches the second measurement speed configuration.
  • step 203j may be specifically implemented by any of the following steps 203j100 to 203j107.
  • Step 203j100 If the speed value of the UE is greater than or equal to the second measurement speed configuration, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203j101 If the speed value of the UE is less than the second measurement speed configuration, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203j102 If the speed value of the UE is greater than the second measurement speed configuration, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203j103 If the speed value of the UE is less than or equal to the second measurement speed configuration, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203j104 If the speed value of the UE is less than the second measurement speed configuration, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203j105 If the speed value of the UE is greater than or equal to the second measurement speed configuration, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203j106 If the speed value of the UE is less than or equal to the second measurement speed configuration, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203j107 If the speed value of the UE is greater than the second measurement speed configuration, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • the UE reports a measurement report when the speed value of the UE is greater than (or equal to) the second measurement speed configuration, or whether the UE reports a measurement report when the speed value of the UE is less than (or equal to) the second measurement speed configuration. It is agreed upon by the protocol or configured by the network device.
  • Example 1 Assume that the measurement configuration includes the measurement event configuration (that is, the event ID 1 and the event configuration corresponding to the event ID 1), and the measurement event configuration includes the altitude threshold X and the measurement threshold Y; when the UE’s When the height value is greater than or less than X, and the actual measurement amount of the UE is greater than or less than Y, it can be determined that the event corresponding to the event identifier 1 is satisfied, and the UE can report the measurement report.
  • the measurement event configuration that is, the event ID 1 and the event configuration corresponding to the event ID 1
  • the measurement event configuration includes the altitude threshold X and the measurement threshold Y
  • Example 2 Assume that the measurement configuration includes the measurement event configuration (ie, event ID 1 and the event configuration corresponding to the event ID 1), and the measurement event configuration includes altitude threshold X, measurement threshold Y, and measurement change Value Z (Z can be positive, 0, or negative); when the height of the UE is greater than or less than X, then if the actual measured quantity of the UE is greater than or less than the sum of the measured quantity threshold Y and the measured quantity change value Z, Then the UE can report the measurement report.
  • the measurement event configuration ie, event ID 1 and the event configuration corresponding to the event ID 1
  • the measurement event configuration includes altitude threshold X, measurement threshold Y, and measurement change Value Z (Z can be positive, 0, or negative)
  • Z can be positive, 0, or negative
  • Example 3 Assume that the measurement configuration includes the measurement event configuration (that is, the event ID 1 and the event configuration corresponding to the event ID 1), and the measurement event configuration includes the height offset value W and the measurement threshold value Y; when the UE’s When the height change value is greater than or less than W within a certain period of time, and the actual measurement amount of the UE is greater than or less than Y, the UE can report a measurement report.
  • the measurement event configuration that is, the event ID 1 and the event configuration corresponding to the event ID 1
  • the measurement event configuration includes the height offset value W and the measurement threshold value Y
  • the UE can report a measurement report.
  • Example 4 Assuming that the measurement configuration includes the measurement event configuration (ie, event ID 1 and the event configuration corresponding to the event ID 1), and the measurement event configuration includes the height offset value W, the measurement threshold Y, and the measurement change Value Z: When the height change value of the UE is greater than or less than W within a certain period of time, then if the actual measurement quantity of the UE is greater than or less than the sum of the measurement quantity threshold Y and the measurement quantity change value Z, the UE can report a measurement report.
  • the measurement event configuration ie, event ID 1 and the event configuration corresponding to the event ID 1
  • the measurement event configuration includes the height offset value W, the measurement threshold Y, and the measurement change Value Z:
  • the UE may determine whether to report a measurement report based on different measurement quantity configurations.
  • the measurement event configuration that is, the event ID 1 and the event configuration corresponding to the event ID 1
  • the measurement event configuration includes the position value A (which can refer to a specific latitude and longitude position or range, a certain Area identification or a certain cell
  • Example 6 Assume that the measurement configuration includes the measurement event configuration (that is, the event ID 1 and the event configuration corresponding to the event ID 1), and the measurement event configuration includes the position offset value B (which can refer to the moving distance of the UE in the horizontal direction , The moving distance in the vertical direction or the moving distance in any direction) and the measurement threshold Y; when the UE moving distance in the horizontal direction, the moving distance in the vertical direction, or the moving distance in any direction is greater than or less than B , And when the actual measurement amount of the UE is greater than or less than Y, it can be determined that the event corresponding to the event identifier 1 is satisfied, and the UE can report the measurement report.
  • B which can refer to the moving distance of the UE in the horizontal direction , The moving distance in the vertical direction or the moving distance in any direction
  • the measurement threshold Y when the UE moving distance in the horizontal direction, the moving distance in the vertical direction, or the moving distance in any direction is greater than or less than B , And when the actual measurement amount of the UE
  • Example 7 Assume that the measurement configuration includes the measurement event configuration (that is, the event ID 1 and the event configuration corresponding to the event ID 1), and the measurement event configuration includes the position offset value B; when the UE moves in the horizontal direction, The moving distance in the vertical direction or the moving distance in any direction is greater than or less than B, it can be determined that the event corresponding to the event identifier 1 is satisfied, and the UE can report the measurement report.
  • the measurement event configuration includes the measurement event configuration (that is, the event ID 1 and the event configuration corresponding to the event ID 1)
  • the measurement event configuration includes the position offset value B
  • the UE may determine whether to report a measurement report based on different measurement quantity configurations.
  • Example 8 The network device sends the measurement configuration to the UE through dedicated signaling.
  • the measurement configuration includes at least one of the following: measurement target, measurement report configuration, measurement identifier, measurement quantity configuration, and measurement gap, and the measurement report configuration includes At least one of the following: measurement event configuration (ie, event ID 1 and the event configuration corresponding to this event ID 1), reference signal type, reporting interval and reporting times, and one or more position values C; when certain measurement conditions are met,
  • the UE can perform measurements according to the measurement configuration, and the measurement results obtained by the measurement include beam measurement results and/or cell measurement results; the UE continues to evaluate the measurement report, if the measurement report trigger condition is met (for example, the event configuration corresponding to event ID 1 is met, and The location of the UE is/not C), the UE can send the measurement report to the network device.
  • the network device sends the measurement configuration to the UE through dedicated signaling.
  • the measurement configuration includes at least one of the following: measurement target, measurement report configuration, measurement identifier, measurement quantity configuration, and measurement gap, and the measurement report configuration includes At least one of the following: measurement event configuration (ie, event ID 1 and the event configuration corresponding to the event ID 1, event ID 2 and the event configuration corresponding to the event ID 2), reference signal type, reporting interval and reporting times, height threshold Value X and height threshold value D; when certain measurement conditions are met, the UE can perform measurement according to the measurement configuration, and the measurement results obtained by the measurement include beam measurement results and/or cell measurement results; the UE continues to evaluate the measurement report, if If the measurement report trigger condition is met (for example, the height of the UE is X and the event configuration corresponding to event ID 1 is met, and/or the height of the UE is D and the event configuration corresponding to event ID 2 is met), the UE can measure The report is sent to the network device.
  • measurement event configuration ie, event ID 1
  • the UE may determine whether to report a measurement report based on different event configurations.
  • the above-mentioned Step 203 can be specifically implemented by the following step 203k.
  • Step 203k The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to whether the height value of the UE reaches the second height threshold.
  • step 203k may be specifically implemented by any of the following steps 203k10 to 203k17.
  • Step 203k10 If the height value of the UE is greater than or equal to the second height threshold, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203k11 If the height value of the UE is less than the second height threshold, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203k12 If the height value of the UE is greater than the second height threshold, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203k13 If the height value of the UE is less than or equal to the second height threshold, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203k14 If the height value of the UE is less than the second height threshold, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203k15 If the height value of the UE is greater than or equal to the second height threshold, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203k16 If the height value of the UE is less than or equal to the second height threshold, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203k17 If the height value of the UE is greater than the second height threshold, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • the UE reports the measurement report when the UE's height value is greater than (or equal to) the second height threshold, or reports the measurement report when the UE's height value is less than (or equal to) the second height threshold , It can be agreed by the protocol or configured by the network device.
  • the above step 203 may specifically pass the following step 203m achieve.
  • Step 203m The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to whether the fourth height offset value of the UE in the third preset time period reaches the third height offset value.
  • the foregoing fourth height offset value may be understood as the amount of change in the height of the UE in the third preset time period.
  • step 203m may be specifically implemented by any of the following steps 203m20 to 203m27.
  • Step 203m20 If the fourth height offset value is greater than or equal to the third height offset value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203m21 If the fourth height offset value is less than the third height offset value, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203m22 If the fourth height offset value is greater than the third height offset value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203m23 If the fourth height offset value is less than or equal to the third height offset value, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203m24 If the fourth height offset value is less than the third height offset value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203m25 If the fourth height offset value is greater than or equal to the third height offset value, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203m26 If the fourth height offset value is less than or equal to the third height offset value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203m27 If the fourth height offset value is greater than the third height offset value, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • the UE reports the measurement report when the fourth height offset value is greater than (or equal to) the third height offset value, or whether the fourth height offset value is less than (or equal to) the third height offset value
  • the measurement report is reported at the time, which can be agreed by the protocol or configured by the network device.
  • step 203 in the case where the foregoing measurement configuration includes a first measurement location configuration, and the first measurement location configuration includes a second location value, and the second location value indicates a second geographic location range,
  • the above step 203 can be specifically implemented by the following step 203n.
  • Step 203n The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to whether the geographic location value of the UE is within the second geographic location range.
  • step 203n may be specifically implemented by any of the following steps 203n30 to 203n33.
  • Step 203n30 If the geographic location value of the UE is within the second geographic location range, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203n31 If the geographic location value of the UE is outside the second geographic location range, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203n32 If the geographic location value of the UE is outside the second geographic location range, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203n33 If the geographic location value of the UE is within the second geographic location range, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • the UE reports the measurement report when the UE's geographic location value is within the second geographic location range, or when the UE's geographic location value is outside the second geographic location range may be agreed upon by agreement. Or network equipment configuration.
  • the above Step 203 can be specifically implemented by the following step 203o.
  • Step 203o The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to whether the fourth area identifier of the area where the UE is located is the same as the third area identifier.
  • step 203o may be specifically implemented by any of the following steps 203o40 to 203o43.
  • Step 203o40 If the fourth area identifier is the same as the third area identifier, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203o41 If the fourth area identifier is different from the third area identifier, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203o42 If the fourth area identifier is different from the third area identifier, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203o43 If the fourth area identifier is the same as the third area identifier, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • the UE reports the measurement report when the fourth area identifier is the same as the third area identifier, or reports the measurement report when the fourth area identifier is different from the third area identifier may be agreed upon by the protocol or configured by the network device of.
  • the foregoing Step 203 can be specifically implemented by the following step 203p.
  • Step 203p The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to whether the fourth cell identity of the cell where the UE is located is the same as the third cell identity.
  • step 203p may be specifically implemented by any of the following steps 203p50 to 203p53.
  • Step 203p50 If the fourth cell identifier is the same as the third cell identifier, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203p51 If the fourth cell identity is different from the third cell identity, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203p52 If the fourth cell identity is different from the third cell identity, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203p53 If the fourth cell identity is the same as the third cell identity, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • the UE reports the measurement report when the fourth cell identity is the same as the third cell identity, or reports the measurement report when the fourth cell identity is different from the third cell identity can be agreed upon by the protocol or configured by the network device of.
  • the above Step 203 can be specifically implemented by the following step 203q.
  • Step 203q The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to whether the fourth RNA information of the RNA corresponding to the UE is the same as the third RNA information.
  • step 203q may be specifically implemented by any of the following steps 203q60 to 203q63.
  • Step 203q60 If the fourth RNA information is the same as the third RNA information, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203q61 If the fourth RNA information is different from the third RNA information, the UE determines not to report the measurement report.
  • Step 203q62 If the fourth RNA information is different from the third RNA information, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203q63 If the fourth RNA information is the same as the third RNA information, the UE determines not to report the measurement report.
  • UE reports the measurement report when the fourth RNA information is the same as the third RNA information, or reports the measurement report when the fourth RNA information is different from the third RNA information can be agreed upon by the protocol or configured by the network device of.
  • the above Step 203 can be specifically implemented by the following step 203r.
  • Step 203r The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to whether the fourth TA identifier of the TA corresponding to the UE is the same as the third TA identifier.
  • step 203r may be specifically implemented by any of the following steps 203r70 to 203r73.
  • Step 203r70 If the fourth TA identifier is the same as the third TA identifier, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203r71 If the fourth TA identifier is different from the third TA identifier, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203-72 If the fourth TA identifier is different from the third TA identifier, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203-73 If the fourth TA identifier is the same as the third TA identifier, the UE determines not to report the measurement report.
  • the UE reports the measurement report when the fourth TA identifier is the same as the third TA identifier, or reports the measurement report when the fourth TA identifier is different from the third TA identifier may be agreed upon by the protocol or configured by the network device of.
  • the above step 203 may specifically pass the following step 203s achieve.
  • Step 203s The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to whether the second movement distance of the UE in the fourth preset time period reaches the second position offset value.
  • step 203s may be specifically implemented by any of the following steps 203s80 to 203s87.
  • Step 203s80 If the second moving distance is greater than or equal to the second position offset value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203s81 If the second moving distance is less than the second position offset value, the UE determines not to report the measurement report.
  • Step 203s82 If the second moving distance is greater than the second position offset value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203s83 If the second moving distance is less than or equal to the second position offset value, the UE determines not to report the measurement report.
  • Step 203s84 If the second moving distance is less than the second position offset value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203s85 If the second moving distance is greater than or equal to the second position offset value, the UE determines not to report the measurement report.
  • Step 203s86 If the second moving distance is less than or equal to the second position offset value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203s87 If the second moving distance is greater than the second position offset value, the UE determines not to report the measurement report.
  • the UE reports the measurement report when the second movement distance is greater than (or equal to) the second position offset value, or reports the measurement report when the second movement distance is less than (or equal to) the second position offset value , It can be agreed by the protocol or configured by the network device.
  • the above-mentioned step 203 may be specifically implemented by the following step 203t.
  • Step 203t The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to whether the speed value of the UE reaches the first measurement speed configuration.
  • step 203t may be specifically implemented by any of the following steps 203t90 to 203t97.
  • Step 203t90 If the speed value of the UE is greater than or equal to the first measurement speed configuration, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203t91 If the speed value of the UE is less than the first measurement speed configuration, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203t92 If the speed value of the UE is greater than the first measurement speed configuration, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203t93 If the speed value of the UE is less than or equal to the first measurement speed configuration, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203t94 If the speed value of the UE is less than the first measurement speed configuration, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203t95 If the speed value of the UE is greater than or equal to the first measurement speed configuration, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203t96 If the speed value of the UE is less than or equal to the first measurement speed configuration, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
  • Step 203t97 If the speed value of the UE is greater than the first measurement speed configuration, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
  • the UE reports a measurement report when the speed value of the UE is greater than (or equal to) the first measurement speed configuration, or whether the UE reports a measurement report when the speed value of the UE is less than (or equal to) the first measurement speed configuration. It is agreed upon by the protocol or configured by the network device.
  • the measurement report configuration method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include the following step 204 and step 205.
  • Step 204 The network device sends the first configuration to the UE.
  • Step 205 The UE receives the first configuration sent by the network device.
  • the above-mentioned first configuration is used to instruct the UE to perform measurement measurement conditions, and the first configuration includes at least one of the following configurations for the measurement conditions: a third measurement height configuration, a third measurement location configuration, and a third configuration. Measurement speed configuration.
  • the foregoing third measurement height configuration includes a third height threshold value and/or a fifth height offset value
  • the third measurement position configuration includes a third position value and/or a third position offset value. Shift value.
  • the fifth height offset value is the change threshold of the height of the UE in the fifth preset time period;
  • the third position value is used to indicate at least one of the following: the third geographic location range, the fifth area identifier , The fifth cell identifier, the fifth RNA information, and the fifth TA identifier; the above-mentioned third position offset value is used by the UE to determine whether the position of the UE changes within the sixth preset time period and/or the change value of the position of the UE .
  • the above-mentioned fifth cell identifier may be used to indicate the coverage area corresponding to the fifth cell;
  • the above-mentioned fifth RNA information may be used to indicate the coverage area corresponding to the fifth RNA;
  • the above-mentioned fifth TA identifier may be used to indicate the fifth cell Coverage range corresponding to TA;
  • the third altitude threshold may include one or more altitude thresholds, the fifth altitude offset may include one or more altitude offsets, and the third position value may include one Or multiple position values, and the aforementioned third position offset value may include one or more position offset values.
  • the foregoing third measurement height configuration, third measurement position configuration, and third measurement speed configuration are agreed upon by a protocol or configured by a network device.
  • step 204 may be performed first, and then step 201 may be performed, that is, the network device may send the first configuration first, and then the measurement configuration; or, in another possible implementation manner, it may be performed first Step 201, then perform step 204, that is, the network device can send the measurement configuration first, and then send the first configuration; or, in another possible implementation manner, step 201 and step 204 can be performed at the same time, that is, the network device can send at the same time Measurement configuration and first configuration.
  • the UE may determine whether to perform the measurement according to whether the height information of the UE meets the third measurement height configuration And/or, in the case where the first configuration includes the third measurement location configuration, the UE may determine whether to perform measurement according to whether the location information of the UE meets the third measurement location configuration; and/or, the first configuration includes In the case of the third measurement speed configuration, the UE may determine whether to perform measurement according to whether the speed information of the UE meets the third measurement speed configuration.
  • the threshold that triggers the UE to perform measurement may be different, and the mapping relationship between the specific threshold and the current state of the UE may be configured by the network device or agreed upon by agreement.
  • the embodiment of the present application in the case where the foregoing first configuration includes a third measurement height configuration, and the third measurement altitude configuration includes a third altitude threshold, before the foregoing step 203, the embodiment of the present application
  • the provided measurement report configuration method may further include the following step 301.
  • Step 301 The UE determines whether to perform measurement according to whether the height value of the UE reaches the third height threshold.
  • step 301 may be specifically implemented through the following steps 301a1 to 301a8.
  • Step 301a If the height of the UE is greater than or equal to the third height threshold, the UE determines to perform measurement.
  • Step 301a2 if the height value of the UE is less than the third height threshold, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
  • Step 301a3 If the height value of the UE is greater than the third height threshold, the UE determines to perform the measurement.
  • Step 301a4 If the height value of the UE is less than or equal to the third height threshold, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
  • Step 301a5 If the height value of the UE is less than the third height threshold, the UE determines to perform the measurement.
  • Step 301a6 If the height value of the UE is greater than or equal to the third height threshold, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
  • Step 301a7 If the height value of the UE is less than or equal to the third height threshold, the UE determines to perform the measurement.
  • Step 301a8 If the height value of the UE is greater than the third height threshold, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
  • the UE reports a measurement report when the UE's altitude value is greater than (or equal to) the third altitude threshold, or when the UE's altitude value is less than (or equal to) the third altitude threshold , It can be agreed by the protocol or configured by the network device.
  • the embodiment of the present application in the case where the foregoing first configuration includes a third measurement height configuration, and the third measurement altitude configuration includes a fifth height offset value, before the foregoing step 203, the embodiment of the present application
  • the provided measurement report configuration method may further include the following step 302.
  • Step 302 The UE determines whether to perform measurement according to whether the sixth height offset value of the UE in the fifth preset time period reaches the fifth height offset value.
  • the above-mentioned sixth height offset value may be understood as the amount of change in the height of the UE in the fifth preset time period.
  • step 302 may be specifically implemented through the following steps 302b1 to 302b8.
  • Step 302b1 If the sixth height offset value is greater than or equal to the fifth height offset value, the UE determines to perform the measurement.
  • Step 302b2 If the sixth height offset value is less than the fifth height offset value, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
  • Step 302b3 If the sixth height offset value is greater than the fifth height offset value, the UE determines to perform the measurement.
  • Step 302b4 If the sixth height offset value is less than or equal to the fifth height offset value, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
  • Step 302b5 If the sixth height offset value is less than the fifth height offset value, the UE determines to perform the measurement.
  • Step 302b6 If the sixth height offset value is greater than or equal to the fifth height offset value, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
  • Step 302b7 If the sixth height offset value is less than or equal to the fifth height offset value, the UE determines to perform the measurement.
  • Step 302b8 If the sixth height offset value is greater than the fifth height offset value, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
  • the UE reports the measurement report when the sixth height offset value is greater than (or equal to) the fifth height offset value, or whether the sixth height offset value is less than (or equal to) the fifth height offset value
  • the measurement report is reported at the time, which can be agreed by the protocol or configured by the network device.
  • the measurement report configuration method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include the following step 303.
  • Step 303 The UE determines whether to perform measurement according to whether the geographic location value of the UE is within the third geographic location range.
  • step 303 may be specifically implemented through the following steps 303c1 to 303c4.
  • Step 303c1 If the geographic location value of the UE is within the third geographic location range, the UE determines to perform measurement.
  • Step 303c2 If the geographic location value of the UE is outside the third geographic location range, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
  • Step 303c3 If the geographic location value of the UE is outside the third geographic location range, the UE determines to perform measurement.
  • Step 303c4 If the geographic location value of the UE is within the third geographic location range, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
  • the UE reports a measurement report when the UE's geographic location value is within the third geographic location, or when the UE's geographic location value is outside the third geographic location may be agreed upon by agreement. Or network equipment configuration.
  • the measurement report configuration method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include the following step 304.
  • Step 304 The UE determines whether to perform measurement according to whether the sixth area identifier of the area where the UE is located is the same as the fifth area identifier.
  • step 304 may be specifically implemented through the following steps 304d1 to 304d4.
  • Step 304d1 If the sixth area identifier is the same as the fifth area identifier, the UE determines to perform measurement.
  • Step 304d3 If the sixth area identifier is different from the fifth area identifier, the UE determines to perform measurement.
  • Step 304d4 If the sixth area identifier is the same as the fifth area identifier, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
  • the UE reports the measurement report when the sixth area identifier is the same as the fifth area identifier, or reports the measurement report when the sixth area identifier and the fifth area identifier are different may be agreed upon by the protocol or configured by the network device of.
  • the measurement report configuration method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include the following step 305.
  • Step 305 The UE determines whether to perform measurement according to whether the sixth cell identity of the cell where the UE is located is the same as the fifth cell identity.
  • the foregoing step 305 may be specifically implemented through the following steps 305e1 to 305e4.
  • Step 305e1 if the sixth cell identifier is the same as the fifth cell identifier, the UE determines to perform measurement.
  • Step 305e2 if the sixth cell identity is different from the fifth cell identity, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
  • Step 305e3 If the sixth cell identity is different from the fifth cell identity, the UE determines to perform measurement.
  • Step 305e4 If the sixth cell identity is the same as the fifth cell identity, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
  • the UE reports the measurement report when the sixth cell identity is the same as the fifth cell identity, or reports the measurement report when the sixth cell identity and the fifth cell identity are different may be agreed upon by the protocol or configured by the network device of.
  • the measurement report configuration method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include the following step 306.
  • Step 306 The UE determines whether to perform measurement according to whether the sixth RNA information of the RNA corresponding to the UE is the same as the fifth RNA information.
  • step 306 may be specifically implemented through the following steps 306f1 to 306f4.
  • Step 306f If the sixth RNA information is the same as the fifth RNA information, the UE determines to perform the measurement.
  • Step 306f2 if the sixth RNA information is different from the fifth RNA information, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
  • Step 306f3 If the sixth RNA information is different from the fifth RNA information, the UE determines to perform the measurement.
  • Step 306f4 If the sixth RNA information is the same as the fifth RNA information, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
  • UE reports the measurement report when the sixth RNA information is the same as the fifth RNA information, or reports the measurement report when the sixth RNA information and the fifth RNA information are different may be agreed upon by the protocol or configured by the network device of.
  • the measurement report configuration method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include the following step 307.
  • Step 307 The UE determines whether to perform measurement according to whether the sixth TA identifier of the TA corresponding to the UE is the same as the fifth TA identifier.
  • step 307 may be specifically implemented through the following steps 307g1 to 307g4.
  • Step 307g1 If the sixth TA identifier is the same as the fifth TA identifier, the UE determines to perform measurement.
  • Step 307g2 if the sixth TA identifier is different from the fifth TA identifier, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
  • Step 307g3 If the sixth TA identifier is different from the fifth TA identifier, the UE determines to perform measurement.
  • Step 307g4 If the sixth TA identifier is the same as the fifth TA identifier, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
  • the UE reports the measurement report when the sixth TA identifier is the same as the fifth TA identifier, or reports the measurement report when the sixth TA identifier and the fifth TA identifier are different may be agreed upon by the protocol or configured by the network device of.
  • the embodiment of the present application in the case where the above-mentioned first configuration includes the third measurement position configuration and the third measurement position configuration includes the third position offset value, before the above step 203, the embodiment of the present application
  • the provided measurement report configuration method may further include the following step 308.
  • Step 308 The UE determines whether to perform measurement according to whether the third movement distance of the UE in the sixth preset time period reaches the third position offset value.
  • step 308 may be specifically implemented through the following steps 308h1 to 308h8.
  • Step 308h1 If the third moving distance is greater than or equal to the third position offset value, it is determined to perform the measurement.
  • Step 308h2 if the third moving distance is less than the third position offset value, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
  • Step 308h3 If the third moving distance is greater than the third position offset value, the UE determines to perform measurement.
  • Step 308h4 If the third moving distance is less than or equal to the third position offset value, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
  • Step 308h5 If the third moving distance is less than the third position offset value, the UE determines to perform measurement.
  • Step 308h6 If the third moving distance is greater than or equal to the third position offset value, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
  • Step 308h7 If the third moving distance is less than or equal to the third position offset value, the UE determines to perform measurement.
  • Step 308h8 If the third moving distance is greater than the third position offset value, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
  • the UE reports the measurement report when the third movement distance is greater than (or equal to) the third position offset value, or reports the measurement report when the third movement distance is less than (or equal to) the third position offset value , It can be agreed by the protocol or configured by the network device.
  • the measurement report configuration method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include the following step 309.
  • Step 309 The UE determines whether to perform measurement according to whether the speed value of the UE reaches the third measurement speed configuration.
  • step 309 may be specifically implemented through the following steps 309i1 to 309i8.
  • Step 309i1 If the speed value of the UE is greater than or equal to the third measurement speed configuration, the UE determines to perform the measurement.
  • Step 309i2 if the speed value of the UE is less than the third measurement speed configuration, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
  • Step 309i3 If the speed value of the UE is greater than the third measurement speed configuration, the UE determines to perform the measurement.
  • Step 309i4 If the speed value of the UE is less than or equal to the third measurement speed configuration, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
  • Step 309i5 If the speed value of the UE is less than the third measurement speed configuration, the UE determines to perform the measurement.
  • Step 309i6 If the speed value of the UE is greater than or equal to the third measurement speed configuration, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
  • Step 309i7 If the speed value of the UE is less than or equal to the third measurement speed configuration, the UE determines to perform the measurement.
  • Step 309i8 If the speed value of the UE is greater than the third measurement speed configuration, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
  • the UE reports a measurement report when the UE's speed value is greater than (or equal to) the third measurement speed configuration, or when the UE's speed value is less than (or equal to) the third measurement speed configuration, you can It is agreed upon by the protocol or configured by the network device.
  • first preset time period second preset time period
  • third preset time period fourth preset time period
  • fifth preset time period fifth preset time period
  • sixth preset time period may be the same or different.
  • the UE may determine whether to report a measurement report according to the measurement configuration.
  • Example 10 The network device sends the measurement configuration to the UE through dedicated signaling.
  • the measurement configuration includes at least one of the following: measurement target, measurement report configuration, measurement identifier, measurement quantity configuration, and measurement gap; when certain measurement conditions are met
  • the measurement results obtained after the measurement include beam measurement results and/or cell measurement results; the UE continues to evaluate the measurement report, and if the measurement report trigger condition is met, the UE can send the measurement report to the network equipment.
  • the above measurement conditions may be: when the serving cell satisfies Srxlev>SIntraSearchP and Squal>SIntraSearchQ, and the height value of the UE is between XD, the UE may not perform measurement on neighboring cells with the same frequency.
  • the UE performs the measurement of the same-frequency neighboring cells; when the height value of the UE is X, if the serving cell satisfies Srxlev>SIntraSearchP1 and Squal>SIntraSearchQ1, the UE may not perform the measurement of the same-frequency neighboring cells, otherwise the UE performs the same-frequency neighboring cells.
  • the height value of the UE is D, if the serving cell satisfies Srxlev>SIntraSearchP2 and Squal>SIntraSearchQ2, the UE may not perform the measurement of the same-frequency neighboring cells, otherwise the UE performs the measurement of the same-frequency neighboring cells.
  • the above measurement conditions may be: when the priority of the adjacent frequency point is equal to or lower than the serving frequency point and RAT, if the serving cell satisfies Srxlev>SnonIntraSearchP and Squal>SnonIntraSearchQ, and the height of the UE If the value is between XD, the UE may not perform the measurement of the neighboring cell, otherwise the UE will perform the measurement of the neighboring cell; when the height of the UE is X, if the priority of the neighboring frequency is equal to or lower than the serving frequency and RAT, If the serving cell satisfies Srxlev>SnonIntraSearchP1 and Squal>SnonIntraSearchQ1, the UE may not perform the measurement of the neighboring cell, otherwise the UE performs the measurement of the neighboring cell; when the height of the UE is D, if the priority of the neighboring frequency is equal to or lower than this Serving frequency and RAT, if the serving cell
  • the UE may determine whether to perform measurement.
  • FIG. 5 shows a schematic diagram of a possible structure of a UE involved in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the UE 50 provided in the embodiment of the present application may include: a receiving module 51 and a determining module 52.
  • the receiving module 51 is configured to receive a measurement configuration sent by a network device; wherein, the measurement configuration is used to indicate the reporting condition of the measurement report of the UE, and the measurement configuration includes at least one of the following configurations for the measurement report: measurement event configuration , The first measurement height configuration, the first measurement position configuration, and the first measurement speed configuration.
  • the determining module 52 is configured to determine whether to report a measurement report according to the measurement configuration received by the receiving module 51.
  • the measurement event configuration includes at least one of the following configurations for the corresponding measurement event: measurement quantity configuration, second measurement height configuration, second The measurement position configuration and the second measurement speed configuration.
  • the aforementioned measurement quantity configuration includes a first measurement quantity change value and a first measurement quantity threshold value
  • the second measurement height configuration includes a first height threshold value and/or a first height offset value.
  • the second measurement position configuration includes the first position value and/or the first position offset value; wherein the first height offset value is the change threshold of the height of the UE in the first preset time period; the first position The value is used to indicate at least one of the following: the first geographic location range, the first area identifier, the first cell identifier, the first RNA information, and the first TA identifier; the first position offset value is used by the UE to determine the Whether the location of the UE changes during the time period and/or the change value of the location of the UE.
  • the determination module 52 is specifically configured to determine whether to report the measurement report according to whether the actual measurement quantity of the UE reaches the first value; wherein, The first value is the sum of the first measured quantity threshold value and the first measured quantity change value.
  • the determination module 52 is specifically configured to determine the height of the UE according to the height of the UE. Whether the value reaches the first altitude threshold value, it is determined whether to report the measurement report.
  • the above determination module 52 is specifically configured to determine whether the UE is in the first Whether the second height offset value in a preset time period reaches the first height offset value is determined whether to report the measurement report.
  • the determination is The module 52 is specifically configured to determine whether to report a measurement report according to whether the geographical position value of the UE is within the first geographical position range.
  • the determination module 52 in a case where the measurement event configuration includes a second measurement location configuration, and the second measurement location configuration includes a first location value, and the first location value indicates a first area identifier, the determination module 52. Specifically used to determine whether to report a measurement report according to whether the second area identifier of the area where the UE is located is the same as the first area identifier.
  • the above determination module 52 which is specifically used to determine whether to report a measurement report according to whether the second cell identity of the cell where the UE is located is the same as the first cell identity.
  • the above determination module 52 Specifically used to determine whether to report the measurement report according to whether the second RNA information of the RNA corresponding to the UE is the same as the first RNA information.
  • the above determination module 52 Specifically used to determine whether to report the measurement report according to whether the second TA identifier of the TA corresponding to the UE is the same as the first TA identifier.
  • the above determination module 52 is specifically configured to determine whether the UE is in the second Whether the first moving distance in the preset time period reaches the first position offset value, it is determined whether to report the measurement report.
  • the above determination module 52 is specifically configured to determine whether to report the measurement report according to whether the speed value of the UE reaches the second measurement speed configuration.
  • the above-mentioned first measurement height configuration includes a second height threshold value and/or a third height offset value
  • the first measurement position configuration includes a second position value and/or a second position offset value.
  • Value where the third height offset value is the change threshold of the height of the UE in the third preset time period; the second position value is used to indicate at least one of the following: the second geographic location range, the third area identifier , The third cell identifier, the third RNA information, and the third TA identifier; the second location offset value is used by the UE to determine whether the location of the UE changes within the fourth preset time period and/or the change value of the location of the UE.
  • the above-mentioned determining module 52 is specifically configured to perform according to the height value of the UE. Whether the second altitude threshold is reached, determine whether to report the measurement report.
  • the above-mentioned determining module 52 is specifically configured to determine whether the UE is in the third Whether the fourth height offset value in the preset time period reaches the third height offset value, it is determined whether to report the measurement report.
  • the above determination module 52 in a case where the above-mentioned measurement configuration includes a first measurement position configuration, and the first measurement position configuration includes a second position value, and the second position value indicates a second geographic location range, the above determination module 52. Specifically used to determine whether to report a measurement report according to whether the geographic location value of the UE is within the second geographic location range.
  • the above determination module 52 Specifically used to determine whether to report a measurement report according to whether the fourth area identifier of the area where the UE is located is the same as the third area identifier.
  • the above determination module 52 which is specifically used to determine whether to report a measurement report according to whether the fourth cell identity of the cell where the UE is located is the same as the third cell identity.
  • the above determination module 52 It is specifically used to determine whether to report the measurement report according to whether the fourth RNA information of the RNA corresponding to the UE is the same as the third RNA information.
  • the above-mentioned determining module 52 Specifically used to determine whether to report a measurement report according to whether the fourth TA identifier of the TA corresponding to the UE is the same as the third TA identifier.
  • the above-mentioned determining module 52 is specifically configured to determine whether the UE is in the fourth Whether the second moving distance in the preset time period reaches the second position offset value, it is determined whether to report the measurement report.
  • the determination module 52 is specifically configured to determine whether to report the measurement report according to whether the speed value of the UE reaches the first measurement speed configuration.
  • the above-mentioned receiving module 51 is further configured to receive a first configuration sent by a network device.
  • the first configuration is used to indicate a measurement condition for the UE to perform a measurement.
  • the first configuration includes a measurement condition for the measurement condition. At least one of the following configurations: a third measurement height configuration, a third measurement position configuration, and a third measurement speed configuration.
  • the above-mentioned third measurement height configuration includes a third height threshold value and/or a fifth height offset value
  • the third measurement position configuration includes a third position value and/or a third position offset value.
  • the fifth height offset value is the change threshold of the height of the UE in the fifth preset time period
  • the third position value is used to indicate at least one of the following: the third geographic location range, the fifth area identifier , The fifth cell identifier, the fifth RNA information, and the fifth TA identifier
  • the third position offset value is used for the UE to determine whether the position of the UE changes and/or the change value of the position of the UE within the sixth preset time period.
  • the above-mentioned determining module 52 is further configured to , Before determining whether to report the measurement report, determine whether to perform the measurement according to whether the height value of the UE reaches the third height threshold.
  • the determination module 52 is further configured to , Before determining whether to report the measurement report, determine whether to perform the measurement according to whether the sixth height offset value of the UE in the fifth preset time period reaches the fifth height offset value.
  • the above determination The module 52 is further configured to determine whether to perform measurement according to whether the geographic location value of the UE is within the third geographic location range before determining whether to report the measurement report according to the measurement configuration.
  • the determination module 52 Before determining whether to report a measurement report according to the measurement configuration, determine whether to perform measurement according to whether the sixth area identifier of the area where the UE is located is the same as the fifth area identifier.
  • the determination module 52 Before determining whether to report a measurement report according to the measurement configuration, determine whether to perform measurement according to whether the sixth cell identity of the cell where the UE is located is the same as the fifth cell identity.
  • the determination module 52 Before determining whether to report a measurement report according to the measurement configuration, determine whether to perform measurement according to whether the sixth RNA information of the RNA corresponding to the UE is the same as the fifth RNA information.
  • the determination module 52 Before determining whether to report a measurement report according to the measurement configuration, determine whether to perform measurement according to whether the sixth TA identifier of the TA corresponding to the UE is the same as the fifth TA identifier.
  • the above-mentioned determining module 52 is further configured to , Before determining whether to report the measurement report, determine whether to perform the measurement according to whether the third movement distance of the UE in the sixth preset time period reaches the third position offset value.
  • the above-mentioned determining module 52 is further configured to determine whether to report a measurement report according to the measurement configuration, according to whether the speed value of the UE is The third measurement speed configuration is reached, and it is determined whether to perform a measurement.
  • the foregoing measurement report may include at least one of the following: actual measurement amount of the UE, height information of the UE, location information of the UE, and speed information of the UE.
  • the UE provided in the embodiments of the present application can implement the various processes implemented by the UE in the foregoing method embodiments. To avoid repetition, the specific description will not be repeated here.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a UE, and the UE can determine whether to report a measurement report according to a measurement configuration configured by a network device (the measurement configuration is used to indicate a reporting condition of a measurement report of the UE). Since the UE can determine whether the report conditions of the measurement report are met according to the measurement event configuration, the first measurement height configuration, the first measurement location configuration, and/or the first measurement speed configuration configured by the network device, so as to determine whether to perform the measurement report. The measurement result obtained by the measurement is directly sent to the network device, so that the flexibility of the UE for measurement reporting can be improved.
  • FIG. 6 shows a schematic diagram of a possible structure of a network device involved in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device 60 provided in the embodiment of the present application may include: a sending module 61.
  • the sending module 61 is configured to send a measurement configuration to the UE; where the measurement configuration is used to indicate the reporting condition of the UE's measurement report, and the measurement configuration includes at least one of the following configurations for the measurement report: measurement event configuration, first A measurement height configuration, a first measurement position configuration, and a first measurement speed configuration.
  • the measurement event configuration includes at least one of the following configurations for the corresponding measurement event: measurement quantity configuration, second measurement height configuration, second The measurement position configuration and the second measurement speed configuration.
  • the aforementioned measurement quantity configuration includes a first measurement quantity change value and a first measurement quantity threshold value
  • the second measurement height configuration includes a first height threshold value and/or a first height offset value.
  • the second measurement position configuration includes the first position value and/or the first position offset value; wherein the first height offset value is the change threshold of the height of the UE in the first preset time period; the first position The value is used to indicate at least one of the following: the first geographic location range, the first area identifier, the first cell identifier, the RNA information of the first access network notification area, and the first tracking area TA identifier; the first position offset value is used for The UE determines whether the location of the UE changes and/or the change value of the location of the UE within the second preset time period.
  • the above-mentioned first measurement height configuration includes a second height threshold value and/or a third height offset value
  • the first measurement position configuration includes a second position value and/or a second position offset value.
  • Value where the third height offset value is the change threshold of the height of the UE in the third preset time period; the second position value is used to indicate at least one of the following: the second geographic location range, the third area identifier , The third cell identifier, the third RNA information, and the third TA identifier; the second location offset value is used by the UE to determine whether the location of the UE changes within the fourth preset time period and/or the change value of the location of the UE.
  • the above-mentioned sending module 61 is further configured to send a first configuration to the UE, the first configuration is used to instruct the UE to perform measurement measurement conditions, and the first configuration includes at least the following for the measurement conditions: One configuration: the third measurement altitude configuration, the third measurement location configuration, and the third measurement speed configuration.
  • the above-mentioned third measurement height configuration includes a third height threshold value and/or a fifth height offset value
  • the third measurement position configuration includes a third position value and/or a third position offset value.
  • the fifth height offset value is the change threshold of the height of the UE in the fifth preset time period
  • the third position value is used to indicate at least one of the following: the third geographic location range, the fifth area identifier , The fifth cell identifier, the fifth RNA information, and the fifth TA identifier
  • the third position offset value is used for the UE to determine whether the position of the UE changes and/or the change value of the position of the UE within the sixth preset time period.
  • the network device provided by the embodiment of the present application can implement each process implemented by the network device in the foregoing method embodiment. To avoid repetition, the specific description will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a network device that can send a measurement configuration (the measurement configuration is used to indicate the reporting condition of the UE's measurement report) to the UE, so that the UE can determine whether to report the measurement report according to the measurement configuration. Since the UE can determine whether the reporting conditions of the measurement report are met according to the measurement event configuration, the first measurement height configuration, the first measurement location configuration, and/or the first measurement speed configuration sent by the network device, and thereby determine whether to perform the measurement report, rather than The measurement result obtained by the measurement is directly sent to the network device, so that the flexibility of the UE for measurement reporting can be improved.
  • a measurement configuration the measurement configuration is used to indicate the reporting condition of the UE's measurement report
  • Fig. 7 shows a hardware schematic diagram of a UE provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the UE 110 includes but is not limited to: a radio frequency unit 111, a network module 112, an audio output unit 113, an input unit 114, a sensor 115, a display unit 116, a user input unit 117, an interface unit 118, a memory 119, The processor 120, and the power supply 121 and other components.
  • the structure of the UE shown in FIG. 7 does not constitute a limitation on the UE, and the UE may include more or less components than those shown in FIG. 7, or some components may be combined. Or different component arrangements.
  • the UE includes, but is not limited to, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a notebook computer, a palmtop computer, a vehicle-mounted terminal, a wearable device, and a pedometer.
  • the radio frequency unit 111 is configured to receive a measurement configuration sent by a network device; wherein, the measurement configuration is used to indicate the reporting condition of the UE's measurement report, and the measurement configuration includes at least one of the following configurations for the measurement report: measurement event configuration , The first measurement height configuration, the first measurement position configuration, and the first measurement speed configuration.
  • the processor 120 is configured to determine whether to report a measurement report according to the measurement configuration received by the radio frequency unit 111.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a UE, and the UE can determine whether to report a measurement report according to a measurement configuration configured by a network device (the measurement configuration is used to indicate a reporting condition of a measurement report of the UE). Since the UE can determine whether the report conditions of the measurement report are met according to the measurement event configuration, the first measurement height configuration, the first measurement location configuration, and/or the first measurement speed configuration configured by the network device, so as to determine whether to perform the measurement report. The measurement result obtained by the measurement is directly sent to the network device, so that the flexibility of the UE for measurement reporting can be improved.
  • the radio frequency unit 111 can be used for receiving and sending signals in the process of sending and receiving information or talking. Specifically, the downlink data from the base station is received and processed by the processor 120; in addition, Uplink data is sent to the base station.
  • the radio frequency unit 111 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a low noise amplifier, a duplexer, and the like.
  • the radio frequency unit 111 can also communicate with the network and other devices through a wireless communication system.
  • the UE provides users with wireless broadband Internet access through the network module 112, such as helping users to send and receive emails, browse web pages, and access streaming media.
  • the audio output unit 113 may convert the audio data received by the radio frequency unit 111 or the network module 112 or stored in the memory 119 into an audio signal and output it as sound. Moreover, the audio output unit 113 may also provide audio output related to a specific function performed by the UE 110 (for example, call signal reception sound, message reception sound, etc.).
  • the audio output unit 113 includes a speaker, a buzzer, a receiver, and the like.
  • the input unit 114 is used to receive audio or video signals.
  • the input unit 114 may include a graphics processing unit (GPU) 1141 and a microphone 1142.
  • the graphics processing unit 1141 is configured to monitor still pictures or video images obtained by an image capture device (such as a camera) in a video capture mode or an image capture mode.
  • the data is processed.
  • the processed image frame can be displayed on the display unit 116.
  • the image frame processed by the graphics processor 1141 may be stored in the memory 119 (or other storage medium) or sent via the radio frequency unit 111 or the network module 112.
  • the microphone 1142 can receive sound, and can process such sound into audio data.
  • the processed audio data can be converted into a format that can be sent to the mobile communication base station via the radio frequency unit 111 for output in the case of a telephone call mode.
  • the UE 110 also includes at least one sensor 115, such as a light sensor, a motion sensor, and other sensors.
  • the light sensor includes an ambient light sensor and a proximity sensor.
  • the ambient light sensor can adjust the brightness of the display panel 1161 according to the brightness of the ambient light.
  • the proximity sensor can close the display panel 1161 and/or when the UE 110 moves to the ear. Or backlight.
  • the accelerometer sensor can detect the magnitude of acceleration in various directions (usually three-axis), and can detect the magnitude and direction of gravity when stationary, and can be used to identify UE posture (such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, related games, Magnetometer attitude calibration), vibration recognition related functions (such as pedometer, tap), etc.; sensor 115 can also include fingerprint sensors, pressure sensors, iris sensors, molecular sensors, gyroscopes, barometers, hygrometers, thermometers, infrared Sensors, etc., will not be repeated here.
  • the display unit 116 is used to display information input by the user or information provided to the user.
  • the display unit 116 may include a display panel 1161, and the display panel 1161 may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), or the like.
  • LCD liquid crystal display
  • OLED organic light-emitting diode
  • the user input unit 117 may be used to receive inputted numeric or character information, and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the UE.
  • the user input unit 117 includes a touch panel 1171 and other input devices 1172.
  • the touch panel 1171 also called a touch screen, can collect user touch operations on or near it (for example, the user uses any suitable objects or accessories such as fingers, stylus, etc.) on the touch panel 1171 or near the touch panel 1171. operating).
  • the touch panel 1171 may include two parts: a touch detection device and a touch controller.
  • the touch detection device detects the user's touch position, detects the signal brought by the touch operation, and transmits the signal to the touch controller; the touch controller receives the touch information from the touch detection device, converts it into contact coordinates, and then sends it To the processor 120, the command sent by the processor 120 is received and executed.
  • the touch panel 1171 can be implemented in multiple types such as resistive, capacitive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave.
  • the user input unit 117 may also include other input devices 1172.
  • other input devices 1172 may include, but are not limited to, a physical keyboard, function keys (such as volume control buttons, switch buttons, etc.), trackball, mouse, and joystick, which will not be repeated here.
  • the touch panel 1171 can be overlaid on the display panel 1161.
  • the touch panel 1171 detects a touch operation on or near it, it transmits it to the processor 120 to determine the type of the touch event, and then the processor 120 responds to the touch
  • the type of event provides corresponding visual output on the display panel 1161.
  • the touch panel 1171 and the display panel 1161 are used as two independent components to implement the input and output functions of the UE, in some embodiments, the touch panel 1171 and the display panel 1161 can be integrated. Realize the input and output functions of the UE, which are not specifically limited here.
  • the interface unit 118 is an interface for connecting an external device with the UE 110.
  • the external device may include a wired or wireless headset port, an external power source (or battery charger) port, a wired or wireless data port, a memory card port, a port for connecting a device with an identification module, audio input/output (I/O) port, video I/O port, headphone port, etc.
  • the interface unit 118 can be used to receive input (for example, data information, power, etc.) from an external device and transmit the received input to one or more elements in the UE 110 or can be used to communicate between the UE 110 and the external device. Transfer data between.
  • the memory 119 can be used to store software programs and various data.
  • the memory 119 may mainly include a program storage area and a data storage area.
  • the program storage area may store an operating system, an application program required by at least one function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.), etc.; Data created by the use of mobile phones (such as audio data, phone book, etc.), etc.
  • the memory 119 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, a flash memory device, or other volatile solid-state storage devices.
  • the processor 120 is the control center of the UE. It uses various interfaces and lines to connect various parts of the entire UE. It executes by running or executing software programs and/or modules stored in the memory 119 and calling data stored in the memory 119. Various functions and processing data of the UE, so as to monitor the UE as a whole.
  • the processor 120 may include one or more processing units; optionally, the processor 120 may integrate an application processor and a modem processor, where the application processor mainly processes the operating system, user interface, and application programs, etc.
  • the adjustment processor mainly deals with wireless communication. It can be understood that the foregoing modem processor may not be integrated into the processor 120.
  • the UE 110 may also include a power source 121 (such as a battery) for supplying power to various components.
  • a power source 121 such as a battery
  • the power source 121 may be logically connected to the processor 120 through a power management system, so as to manage charging, discharging, and power consumption management through the power management system. And other functions.
  • the UE 110 includes some functional modules that are not shown, which will not be repeated here.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a UE, including a processor 120 as shown in FIG. 7, a memory 119, a computer program stored in the memory 119 and running on the processor 120, the computer program When executed by the processor 120, each process of the foregoing method embodiment is realized, and the same technical effect can be achieved. To avoid repetition, details are not described herein again.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by the processor 120 as shown in FIG. 7, each process of the foregoing method embodiment is implemented, And can achieve the same technical effect, in order to avoid repetition, I will not repeat them here.
  • the computer-readable storage medium such as read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk, etc.
  • FIG. 8 shows a schematic diagram of hardware of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device 130 includes a processor 131, a transceiver 132, a memory 133, a user interface 134, and a bus interface 135.
  • the transceiver 132 is configured to send a measurement configuration to the UE; wherein the measurement configuration is used to indicate the reporting condition of the measurement report of the UE, and the measurement configuration includes at least one of the following configurations for the measurement report: measurement event configuration, first measurement Height configuration, first measurement position configuration, and first measurement speed configuration.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a network device that can send a measurement configuration (the measurement configuration is used to indicate the reporting condition of the UE's measurement report) to the UE, so that the UE can determine whether to report the measurement report according to the measurement configuration. Since the UE can determine whether the reporting conditions of the measurement report are met according to the measurement event configuration, the first measurement height configuration, the first measurement location configuration, and/or the first measurement speed configuration sent by the network device, and thereby determine whether to perform the measurement report, rather than The measurement result obtained by the measurement is directly sent to the network device, so that the flexibility of the UE for measurement reporting can be improved.
  • a measurement configuration the measurement configuration is used to indicate the reporting condition of the UE's measurement report
  • the processor 131 may be responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the processor 131 may be used to read and execute programs in the memory 133 to implement processing functions and control the network device 130.
  • the memory 133 may store data used by the processor 131 when performing operations.
  • the processor 131 and the memory 133 may be integrated, or may be independently provided.
  • the network device 130 may further include: a computer program stored in the memory 133 and running on the processor 131, and when the computer program is executed by the processor 131, the steps of the method provided in the embodiment of the present application are implemented.
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges. Specifically, one or more processors represented by the processor 131 and various circuits of the memory represented by the memory 133 are linked together.
  • the bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, power management circuits, etc., which are all known in the art. Therefore, the embodiments of the present application will not further describe them.
  • the bus interface 135 provides an interface.
  • the transceiver 132 may be a plurality of elements, that is, including a transmitter and a receiver, and provide a unit for communicating with various other devices on the transmission medium.
  • the user interface 134 may also be an interface capable of connecting externally and internally with required equipment.
  • the connected equipment includes but not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, and the like.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by the processor 131 as shown in FIG. 8, each process of the foregoing method embodiment is implemented, And can achieve the same technical effect, in order to avoid repetition, I will not repeat them here.
  • the computer-readable storage medium such as ROM, RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk, etc.
  • the technical solution of this application essentially or the part that contributes to the related technology can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium (such as ROM/RAM, magnetic disk, optical disk) )
  • a storage medium such as ROM/RAM, magnetic disk, optical disk
  • a terminal which may be a mobile phone, a computer, a server, an air conditioner, or a network device, etc.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed are a measurement report configuration method, device and system. The method comprises: receiving a measurement configuration sent by a network device, wherein the measurement configuration is used for indicating a reporting condition of a measurement report of a UE, and the measurement configuration comprises at least one of the following configurations made for the measurement report: a configuration of a measurement event, a configuration of a first measurement height, a configuration of a first measurement position, and a configuration of a first measurement speed; and determining, according to the measurement configuration, whether to report the measurement report.

Description

测量上报配置方法、设备及系统Measurement report configuration method, equipment and system
相关申请的交叉引用Cross-references to related applications
本申请主张在2019年10月11日在中国提交的中国专利申请号201910965268.1的优先权,其全部内容通过引用包含于此。This application claims the priority of Chinese Patent Application No. 201910965268.1 filed in China on October 11, 2019, the entire content of which is incorporated herein by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请实施例涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种测量上报配置方法、设备及系统。The embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a measurement report configuration method, device, and system.
背景技术Background technique
通常,当网络设备需要用户设备(user equipment,UE)进行测量时,网络设备可以向处于非连接态(即空闲态或非激活态)的UE发送测量配置,以指示UE根据该测量配置进行测量;并且,在UE处于连接态时,UE可以将测量得到的测量结果上报至网络设备。Generally, when a network device needs user equipment (UE) to perform measurement, the network device can send a measurement configuration to the UE in a non-connected state (i.e., idle or inactive state) to instruct the UE to perform measurement according to the measurement configuration. ; And, when the UE is in the connected state, the UE can report the measurement result obtained by the measurement to the network device.
然而,UE在进行测量之后,会直接将测量得到的测量结果发送至网络设备,而在某些场景下(例如UE处于小区边缘),UE的测量结果可能并不能满足网络设备的上报需求,因此UE进行测量上报的灵活性较差。However, after the UE performs the measurement, it directly sends the measurement result obtained by the measurement to the network device. In some scenarios (for example, the UE is at the edge of a cell), the UE's measurement result may not meet the reporting requirements of the network device. The UE has poor flexibility in measuring and reporting.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种测量上报配置方法、设备及系统,可以解决UE进行测量上报的灵活性较差的问题。The embodiments of the present application provide a measurement report configuration method, device, and system, which can solve the problem of UE's poor flexibility in measurement report.
为了解决上述技术问题,本申请实施例采用如下技术方案:In order to solve the above technical problems, the following technical solutions are adopted in the embodiments of the present application:
本申请实施例的第一方面,提供一种测量上报配置方法,应用于UE,该测量上报配置方法包括:接收网络设备发送的测量配置;其中,该测量配置用于指示UE的测量报告的上报条件,该测量配置包括为测量报告进行的以下至少一项配置:测量事件配置、第一测量高度配置、第一测量位置配置以及第一测量速度配置;根据测量配置,确定是否上报测量报告。The first aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a measurement report configuration method, which is applied to a UE. The measurement report configuration method includes: receiving a measurement configuration sent by a network device; wherein the measurement configuration is used to instruct the UE to report a measurement report Condition, the measurement configuration includes at least one of the following configurations for the measurement report: measurement event configuration, first measurement height configuration, first measurement location configuration, and first measurement speed configuration; according to the measurement configuration, it is determined whether to report the measurement report.
本申请实施例的第二方面,提供一种测量上报配置方法,应用于网络设备,该测量上报配置方法包括:向UE发送测量配置;其中,该测量配置用于指示UE的测量报告的上报条件,该测量配置包括为测量报告进行的以下至少一项配置:测量事件配置、第一测量高度配置、第一测量位置配置以及第一测量速度配置。The second aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a measurement report configuration method, which is applied to a network device. The measurement report configuration method includes: sending a measurement configuration to a UE; wherein the measurement configuration is used to indicate the reporting condition of the UE's measurement report , The measurement configuration includes at least one of the following configurations for the measurement report: measurement event configuration, first measurement height configuration, first measurement position configuration, and first measurement speed configuration.
本申请实施例的第三方面,提供一种UE,该UE可以包括:接收模块和确定模块。其中,接收模块,用于接收网络设备发送的测量配置;其中,该测量配置用于指示UE的测量报告的上报条件,该测量配置包括为测量报告进行的以下至少一项配置:测量事件配置、第一测量高度配置、第一测量位置配置以及第一测量速度配置。确定模块,用于根据接收模块接收的测量配置,确定是否上报测量报告。A third aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a UE. The UE may include: a receiving module and a determining module. Wherein, the receiving module is used to receive the measurement configuration sent by the network device; wherein, the measurement configuration is used to indicate the reporting condition of the measurement report of the UE, and the measurement configuration includes at least one of the following configurations for the measurement report: measurement event configuration, The first measurement height configuration, the first measurement position configuration, and the first measurement speed configuration. The determining module is used to determine whether to report a measurement report according to the measurement configuration received by the receiving module.
本申请实施例的第四方面,提供一种网络设备,该网络设备可以包括:发送模块。其中,发送模块,用于向UE发送测量配置;其中,该测量配置用于指示UE的测量报告的上报条件,该测量配置包括为测量报告进行的以下至少一项配置:测量事件配置、第一测量高度配置、第一测量位置配置以及第一测量速度配置。In a fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present application, a network device is provided, and the network device may include: a sending module. The sending module is used to send the measurement configuration to the UE; wherein the measurement configuration is used to indicate the reporting conditions of the measurement report of the UE, and the measurement configuration includes at least one of the following configurations for the measurement report: measurement event configuration, first Measurement height configuration, first measurement position configuration, and first measurement speed configuration.
本申请实施例的第五方面,提供一种UE,该UE包括处理器、存储器及存储在存储器上并可在处理器上运行的计算机程序,该计算机程序被处理器执行时实现上述第一方面中的测量上报配置方法的步骤。In a fifth aspect of the embodiments of the present application, a UE is provided. The UE includes a processor, a memory, and a computer program stored in the memory and capable of running on the processor. The computer program implements the above-mentioned first aspect when executed by the processor. Steps of the measurement report configuration method in.
本申请实施例的第六方面,提供一种网络设备,该网络设备包括处理器、存储器及存储在存储器上并可在处理器上运行的计算机程序,该计算机程序被处理器执行时实现上述第二方面中的测量上报配置方法的步骤。In a sixth aspect of the embodiments of the present application, a network device is provided. The network device includes a processor, a memory, and a computer program that is stored in the memory and can run on the processor. When the computer program is executed by the processor, the above-mentioned first The steps of the measurement report configuration method in the second aspect.
本申请实施例的第七方面,提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括如第三方面所述的UE,以及如第四方面所述的网络设备;或者,该通信系统包括如第五方面所述的UE,以及如第六方面所述的网络设备。A seventh aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a communication system including the UE described in the third aspect and the network device described in the fourth aspect; or, the communication system includes the communication system described in the fifth aspect. The UE described above, and the network equipment described in the sixth aspect.
本申请实施例的第八方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质上存储计算机程序,该计算机程序被处理器执行时实现如第一方面所述的测量上报配置方法的步骤,或者如第二方面所述的测量上报配置方法的步骤。An eighth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium storing a computer program on the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, the measurement report configuration method as described in the first aspect is implemented. Steps, or the steps of the measurement report configuration method as described in the second aspect.
在本申请实施例中,UE可以根据网络设备配置的测量配置(该测量配置用于指示UE 的测量报告的上报条件),确定是否上报测量报告。由于UE可以根据网络设备配置的测量事件配置、第一测量高度配置、第一测量位置配置和/或第一测量速度配置,确定是否满足测量报告的上报条件,从而确定是否进行测量上报,而并非直接将测量得到的测量结果发送至网络设备,因此可以提高UE进行测量上报的灵活性。In the embodiments of the present application, the UE may determine whether to report the measurement report according to the measurement configuration configured by the network device (the measurement configuration is used to indicate the reporting condition of the UE's measurement report). Since the UE can determine whether the report conditions of the measurement report are met according to the measurement event configuration, the first measurement height configuration, the first measurement location configuration, and/or the first measurement speed configuration configured by the network device, so as to determine whether to perform the measurement report. The measurement result obtained by the measurement is directly sent to the network device, so that the flexibility of the UE for measurement reporting can be improved.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的架构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system provided by an embodiment of this application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种测量上报配置方法的示意图之一;FIG. 2 is one of the schematic diagrams of a measurement report configuration method provided by an embodiment of the application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种测量上报配置方法的示意图之二;FIG. 3 is a second schematic diagram of a measurement report configuration method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种测量上报配置方法的示意图之三;4 is the third schematic diagram of a measurement report configuration method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种UE的结构示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a UE provided by an embodiment of this application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种UE的硬件示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of hardware of a UE provided by an embodiment of the application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的硬件示意图。FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of hardware of a network device provided by an embodiment of the application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described clearly and completely in conjunction with the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments are part of the embodiments of the present application, rather than all of them. Based on the embodiments in this application, all other embodiments obtained by a person of ordinary skill in the art without creative work shall fall within the protection scope of this application.
本申请实施例的说明书和权利要求书中的术语“第一”和“第二”等是用于区别不同的对象,而不是用于描述对象的特定顺序。例如,第一测量高度配置和第二测量高度配置等是用于区别不同的测量高度配置,而不是用于描述测量高度配置的特定顺序。The terms "first" and "second" in the description and claims of the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish different objects, rather than to describe a specific order of objects. For example, the first measurement height configuration and the second measurement height configuration are used to distinguish different measurement height configurations, rather than describing a specific sequence of the measurement height configurations.
在本申请实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”的含义是指两个或两个以上。例如,多个元件是指两个元件或两个以上元件。In the description of the embodiments of the present application, unless otherwise specified, the meaning of "plurality" means two or more. For example, a plurality of elements refers to two elements or more than two elements.
本文中术语“和/或”,是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,显示面板和/或背光,可以表示:单独存在显示面板,同时存在显示面板和背光,单独 存在背光这三种情况。本文中符号“/”表示关联对象是或者的关系,例如输入/输出表示输入或者输出。The term "and/or" in this article refers to an association relationship that describes associated objects, which means that there can be three relationships, for example, a display panel and/or backlight, which can mean that there is a display panel alone, and a display panel and a backlight exist at the same time. There are three cases of backlight alone. The symbol "/" in this document indicates the relationship that the associated object is or, for example, input/output indicates input or output.
在本申请实施例中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请实施例中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念。In the embodiments of the present application, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used as examples, illustrations, or illustrations. Any embodiment or design solution described as "exemplary" or "for example" in the embodiments of the present application should not be construed as being more preferable or advantageous than other embodiments or design solutions. To be precise, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used to present related concepts in a specific manner.
下面对本申请实施例提供的测量上报配置方法、设备及系统中涉及的一些概念和/或术语做一下解释说明。The following explains some concepts and/or terms involved in the measurement report configuration method, device, and system provided by the embodiments of the present application.
测量:在长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)和新无线(new radio,NR)系统中,在判断是否要为小区选择重选目的对同频(intra-frequency)邻小区进行的测量时,当服务小区满足Srxlev>SIntraSearchP and Squal>SIntraSearchQ,则UE选择不去执行同频邻小区的测量,否则如果低于门限值,则需要执行同频邻小区的测量。对于inter-frequency和Inter-RAT场景,当优先级高于本服务频点和无线接入技术(radio access technology,RAT)时,UE根据测量需求,进行邻小区的测量。当优先级等于或者低于本服务频点和RAT时,当服务小区满足Srxlev>SnonIntraSearchP and Squal>SnonIntraSearchQ,则UE选择不去执行邻小区的测量;否则如果低于门限值,则需要执行邻小区的测量。Measurement: In the long-term evolution (LTE) and new radio (NR) systems, when determining whether to measure intra-frequency neighboring cells for cell selection and reselection, when If the serving cell satisfies Srxlev>SIntraSearchP and Squal>SIntraSearchQ, the UE chooses not to perform the measurement of the neighboring cells of the same frequency, otherwise, if it is lower than the threshold, it needs to perform the measurement of the neighboring cells of the same frequency. For inter-frequency and Inter-RAT scenarios, when the priority is higher than the service frequency and radio access technology (RAT), the UE performs the measurement of neighboring cells according to the measurement requirements. When the priority is equal to or lower than the serving frequency and RAT, when the serving cell satisfies Srxlev>SnonIntraSearchP and Squal>SnonIntraSearchQ, the UE chooses not to perform neighboring cell measurement; otherwise, if it is lower than the threshold, it needs to perform neighboring measurement. Measurement of the cell.
在连接态时,UE可以根据SpCell的测量结果(RSRP或者RSRQ)及配置的S-measure相关门限(s-MeasureConfig),如果测量结果低于配置的门限,则UE根据测量配置以及测量上报配置来进行测量结果的计算和上报的评估。所以当测量结果高于门限时,则不需要进行对应的测量和测量上报评估。In the connected state, the UE can be based on the SpCell measurement result (RSRP or RSRQ) and the configured S-measure related threshold (s-MeasureConfig). If the measurement result is lower than the configured threshold, the UE can use the measurement configuration and measurement report configuration. Carry out the calculation of the measurement results and the evaluation of the report. Therefore, when the measurement result is higher than the threshold, there is no need to perform corresponding measurement and measurement report evaluation.
测量上报:如果满足上报条件,UE将进行测量结果的填写,并将测量结果包含在测量报告中发送给网络设备。对于LTE,相关事件有:同系统内的测量事件采用AX来标识(A1:服务小区比绝对门限好,用于停止正在进行的异频/IRAT测量,在RRC控制下去激活测量间隙;A2:服务小区比绝对门限差,指示当前频率的较差覆盖,可以开始异频/IRAT测量,在RRC控制下激活测量间隙;A3:邻小区比(服务小区+偏移量)好,用于切换;A4:邻小区比绝对门限好,可用于负载平衡,与移动到高优先级的小区重选相似;A5:服务小 区比绝对门限1差,邻小区比绝对门限2好,可用于负载平衡,与移动到低优先级的小区重选相似);异系统测量事件用BX来标识(B1:inter RAT邻小区比绝对门限好,用于测量高优先级的RAT小区;B2:服务小区比绝对门限1差,inter RAT邻小区比绝对门限2好,用于相同或低优先级的RAT小区的测量)。测量上报分为事件触发的一次上报、周期性上报、事件触发的周期上报等,在测量上报中需要包括测量ID,服务小区的测量结果,以及邻小区的测量结果。Measurement report: If the report conditions are met, the UE will fill in the measurement results and include the measurement results in the measurement report and send it to the network device. For LTE, related events are: measurement events in the same system are identified by AX (A1: serving cell is better than the absolute threshold, used to stop the ongoing inter-frequency/IRAT measurement, and deactivate the measurement gap under RRC control; A2: service The cell is worse than the absolute threshold, indicating the poor coverage of the current frequency. Inter-frequency/IRAT measurement can be started, and the measurement gap is activated under the control of RRC; A3: neighbor cell ratio (serving cell + offset) is better, used for handover; A4 : The neighboring cell is better than the absolute threshold and can be used for load balancing, similar to moving to high-priority cell reselection; A5: the serving cell is worse than the absolute threshold 1, and the neighboring cell is better than the absolute threshold 2, which can be used for load balancing, and mobile Reselection to low-priority cells is similar); different system measurement events are identified by BX (B1: inter RAT neighboring cell is better than absolute threshold, used to measure high-priority RAT cells; B2: serving cell is worse than absolute threshold 1 , The inter RAT neighboring cell is better than the absolute threshold 2, which is used for the measurement of the same or low priority RAT cell). The measurement report is divided into event-triggered one-time report, periodic report, event-triggered periodic report, etc. The measurement report needs to include the measurement ID, the measurement result of the serving cell, and the measurement result of the neighboring cell.
本申请实施例提供一种测量上报配置方法、设备及系统,UE可以根据网络设备配置的测量配置(该测量配置用于指示UE的测量报告的上报条件),确定是否上报测量报告。由于UE可以根据网络设备配置的测量事件配置、第一测量高度配置、第一测量位置配置和/或第一测量速度配置,确定是否满足测量报告的上报条件,从而确定是否进行测量上报,而并非直接将测量得到的测量结果发送至网络设备,因此可以提高UE进行测量上报的灵活性。The embodiments of the present application provide a measurement report configuration method, device, and system. The UE can determine whether to report the measurement report according to the measurement configuration configured by the network device (the measurement configuration is used to indicate the reporting condition of the UE's measurement report). Since the UE can determine whether the report conditions of the measurement report are met according to the measurement event configuration, the first measurement height configuration, the first measurement location configuration, and/or the first measurement speed configuration configured by the network device, so as to determine whether to perform the measurement report. The measurement result obtained by the measurement is directly sent to the network device, so that the flexibility of the UE for measurement reporting can be improved.
本申请实施例提供的测量上报配置方法、设备及系统,可以应用于通信系统中。具体可以应用于基于该通信系统,UE根据网络设备的测量配置确定是否进行测量上报的过程中。The measurement report configuration method, device, and system provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a communication system. Specifically, it can be applied to the process in which the UE determines whether to perform measurement report according to the measurement configuration of the network device based on the communication system.
图1示出了本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的架构示意图。如图1所示,该通信系统可以包括UE 01和网络设备02。其中,UE 01与网络设备02之间可以建立连接并通信。FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 1, the communication system may include UE 01 and network equipment 02. Among them, a connection and communication can be established between the UE 01 and the network device 02.
UE是一种向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,具有有线/无线连接功能的手持式设备,或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备。UE可以经过无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)与一个或多个核心网设备进行通信。UE可以是移动终端,如移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)和具有移动终端的计算机,也可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置,它们与RAN交换语言和/或数据,例如,个人通信业务(personal communication service,PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(SIP)话机、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)等设备。UE也可以称为用户代理(user agent)或者终端设备等。A UE is a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to users, a handheld device with wired/wireless connection functions, or other processing devices connected to a wireless modem. The UE may communicate with one or more core network devices through a radio access network (RAN). The UE can be a mobile terminal, such as a mobile phone (or called a "cellular" phone) and a computer with a mobile terminal. It can also be a portable, pocket-sized, handheld, built-in computer or vehicle-mounted mobile device, which exchanges languages with the RAN And/or data, for example, personal communication service (PCS) phones, cordless phones, Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (personal digital assistants) , PDA) and other equipment. The UE may also be called a user agent or terminal device.
网络设备可以为基站。基站是一种部署在RAN中用于为UE提供无线通信功能的装置。 基站可以包括各种形式的宏基站、微基站、中继站、接入点等等。在采用不同的无线接入技术的系统中,具备基站功能的设备的名称可能会有所不同,例如,在第三代移动通信(3G)网络中,称为基站(NodeB);在LTE系统中,称为演进型基站(evolved NodeB,eNB或eNodeB);在第五代移动通信(5G)网络中,称为gNB等等。随着通信技术的演进,“基站”这一名称可能会发生变化。The network device may be a base station. A base station is a device deployed in the RAN to provide wireless communication functions for the UE. The base station may include various forms of macro base stations, micro base stations, relay stations, access points, and so on. In systems using different wireless access technologies, the names of devices with base station functions may be different. For example, in third-generation mobile communication (3G) networks, they are called base stations (NodeB); in LTE systems , Called evolved NodeB (eNB or eNodeB); in the fifth generation mobile communication (5G) network, called gNB and so on. With the evolution of communication technology, the name "base station" may change.
下面结合附图,通过具体的实施例及其应用场景对本申请实施例提供的一种测量上报配置方法、设备及系统进行详细地说明。The measurement report configuration method, device, and system provided by the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings, through specific embodiments and application scenarios.
基于如图1所示的通信系统,本申请实施例提供一种测量上报配置方法,如图2所示,该测量上报配置方法可以包括下述的步骤201至步骤203。Based on the communication system shown in FIG. 1, an embodiment of the present application provides a measurement report configuration method. As shown in FIG. 2, the measurement report configuration method may include the following steps 201 to 203.
步骤201、网络设备向UE发送测量配置。Step 201: The network device sends the measurement configuration to the UE.
步骤202、UE接收网络设备发送的测量配置。Step 202: The UE receives the measurement configuration sent by the network device.
本申请实施例中,上述测量配置用于指示UE的测量报告的上报条件,测量配置包括为测量报告进行的以下至少一项配置:测量事件配置、第一测量高度配置、第一测量位置配置以及第一测量速度配置。In the embodiment of the present application, the foregoing measurement configuration is used to indicate the reporting conditions of the UE's measurement report, and the measurement configuration includes at least one of the following configurations for the measurement report: measurement event configuration, first measurement height configuration, first measurement location configuration, and The first measurement speed configuration.
本申请实施例中,网络设备可以通过专用信令(例如无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)重配置(reconfiguration))将测量配置下发送给UE。In this embodiment of the application, the network device may send the measurement configuration to the UE through dedicated signaling (for example, radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) reconfiguration).
可选地,本申请实施例中,在上述测量配置包括测量事件配置的情况下,该测量事件配置包括为相应测量事件进行的以下至少一项配置:测量量配置、第二测量高度配置、第二测量位置配置以及第二测量速度配置。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, in the case where the above-mentioned measurement configuration includes a measurement event configuration, the measurement event configuration includes at least one of the following configurations for the corresponding measurement event: measurement quantity configuration, second measurement height configuration, and The second measurement position configuration and the second measurement speed configuration.
需要说明的是,上述测量事件配置可以理解为事件标识(对应某个事件编号,该事件编号可以对某个事件进行指示,该事件编号可以为字母和/或数字(例如H3、L1等))及该事件标识对应的事件配置。It should be noted that the above measurement event configuration can be understood as an event identifier (corresponding to an event number, which can indicate an event, and the event number can be letters and/or numbers (such as H3, L1, etc.)) And the event configuration corresponding to the event identifier.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述测量量配置包括第一测量量变化值和第一测量量门限值,第二测量高度配置包括第一高度门限值和/或第一高度偏移值,第二测量位置配置包括第一位置值和/或第一位置偏移值。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the above-mentioned measurement quantity configuration includes a first measurement quantity change value and a first measurement quantity threshold value, and the second measurement height configuration includes a first height threshold value and/or a first height offset The second measurement position configuration includes the first position value and/or the first position offset value.
其中,上述第一高度偏移值为UE在第一预设时间段内的高度的变化门限值;上述第一位置值用于指示以下至少一项:第一地理位置范围、第一区域标识、第一小区标识、第一接入网通知区域(RAN-based notification area,RNA)信息以及第一跟踪区(tracking area,TA)标识;上述第一位置偏移值用于UE确定在第二预设时间段内UE的位置是否发生变化和/或UE的位置的变化值。Wherein, the first height offset value is the change threshold of the height of the UE in the first preset time period; the first position value is used to indicate at least one of the following: the first geographic location range, the first area identifier , The first cell identifier, the first access network notification area (RAN-based notification area, RNA) information, and the first tracking area (tracking area, TA) identifier; the above-mentioned first location offset value is used by the UE to determine the second location Whether the location of the UE changes within the preset time period and/or the change value of the location of the UE.
需要说明的是,上述第一小区标识可以用于指示第一小区对应的覆盖范围;上述第一RNA信息可以用于指示第一RNA对应的覆盖范围;上述第一TA标识可以用于指示第一TA对应的覆盖范围。It should be noted that the above-mentioned first cell identifier may be used to indicate the coverage area corresponding to the first cell; the above-mentioned first RNA information may be used to indicate the coverage area corresponding to the first RNA; the above-mentioned first TA identifier may be used to indicate the first The coverage area corresponding to TA.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述第一位置偏移值可以理解为给UE配置的UE的移动距离的门限值,或者给UE配置的UE的位置的变化条件(例如小区标识的变化次数或小区标识的变化量(例如从一个小区切换到其他小区))。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the above-mentioned first position offset value may be understood as the threshold value of the movement distance of the UE configured for the UE, or the change condition of the position of the UE configured for the UE (for example, the change of the cell identity) The number of times or the amount of change in the cell identity (for example, handover from one cell to another)).
可以理解,UE可以根据UE在第二预设时间段内的第一移动距离与第一位置偏移值的大小关系,确定是否上报测量报告;或者,UE可以根据UE在一定时间段内驻留的小区的小区标识的变化次数或变化量与第一位置偏移值的关系,确定是否上报测量报告。It can be understood that the UE can determine whether to report the measurement report according to the magnitude relationship between the first movement distance of the UE in the second preset time period and the first position offset value; or, the UE can determine whether to report the measurement report according to the UE staying in a certain time period. The relationship between the number of changes or the amount of change of the cell identity of the cell and the first position offset value determines whether to report a measurement report.
可选地,本申请实施例中,若UE在一定时间段内驻留的小区的小区标识的变化次数大于(或等于)第一位置偏移值,则UE确定上报测量报告,若UE在一定时间段内驻留的小区的小区标识的变化次数小于(或等于)第一位置偏移值,则UE确定不上报测量报告;或者,若UE在一定时间段内驻留的小区的小区标识的变化次数小于(或等于)第一位置偏移值,则UE确定上报测量报告,若UE在一定时间段内驻留的小区的小区标识的变化次数大于(或等于)第一位置偏移值,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, if the number of changes of the cell identity of the cell where the UE camps in a certain period of time is greater than (or equal to) the first position offset value, the UE determines to report the measurement report. The number of times the cell identity of the cell camped on within the time period changes is less than (or equal to) the first position offset value, the UE determines not to report the measurement report; or, if the cell identity of the cell where the UE resides within a certain period of time If the number of changes is less than (or equal to) the first location offset value, the UE determines to report a measurement report. If the number of changes in the cell identity of the cell where the UE resides within a certain period of time is greater than (or equal to) the first location offset value, Then the UE determines not to report the measurement report.
可选地,本申请实施例中,若UE在一定时间段内驻留的小区的小区标识的变化量与第一位置偏移值相同,则UE确定上报测量报告,若UE在一定时间段内驻留的小区的小区标识的变化量与第一位置偏移值不同,则UE确定不上报测量报告;或者,若UE在一定时间段内驻留的小区的小区标识的变化量与第一位置偏移值不同,则UE确定上报测量报告,若UE在一定时间段内驻留的小区的小区标识的变化量与第一位置偏移值相同,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Optionally, in this embodiment of the application, if the change in the cell identity of the cell where the UE is camping in a certain period of time is the same as the first location offset value, the UE determines to report a measurement report, and if the UE is in a certain period of time, If the change of the cell identity of the cell where the UE is camping is different from the first position offset value, the UE determines not to report a measurement report; or, if the change of the cell identity of the cell where the UE is camping within a certain period of time is different from the first position If the offset value is different, the UE determines to report the measurement report. If the change amount of the cell identity of the cell where the UE resides within a certain period of time is the same as the first location offset value, the UE determines not to report the measurement report.
示例性的,假设第一位置偏移值为小区标识的变化次数(例如3次),若UE在一定时间段内驻留的小区的小区标识为小区a、小区b、小区c和小区d,即UE在一定时间段内驻留的小区的小区标识的变化次数为4次,则UE确定上报测量报告。Exemplarily, assuming that the first position offset value is the number of times the cell identity changes (for example, 3 times), if the cell identities of the cells where the UE resides within a certain period of time are cell a, cell b, cell c, and cell d, That is, the number of changes of the cell identity of the cell where the UE resides within a certain period of time is 4 times, and the UE determines to report the measurement report.
又示例性的,假设第一位置偏移值为小区标识的变化量(例如从小区a变化到小区b),若UE在一定时间段内驻留的小区的小区标识的变化量为从小区a变化到小区b,则UE确定上报测量报告。As another example, suppose that the first position offset value is the change amount of the cell identity (for example, from cell a to cell b), if the change amount of the cell identity of the cell where the UE resides within a certain period of time is secondary cell a When it changes to cell b, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述第一测量量变化值可以为正值、零或负值。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the above-mentioned first measured value change value may be a positive value, zero or a negative value.
可选地,本申请实施例中,RNA信息可以包括以下至少一项:RNA标识和RNA对应的小区列表。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the RNA information may include at least one of the following: an RNA identifier and a cell list corresponding to the RNA.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述测量量配置还可以包括以下至少一项:一个或多个测量量偏移值、迟滞值和上报触发时间等。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the aforementioned measurement quantity configuration may further include at least one of the following: one or more measurement quantity offset values, hysteresis values, and reporting trigger time.
需要说明的是,上述测量配置包括测量报告配置(reporting configurations),该测量报告配置包括以下至少一项:测量事件配置、第一测量高度配置、第一测量位置配置以及第一测量速度配置。It should be noted that the above measurement configuration includes measurement report configuration (reporting configurations), and the measurement report configuration includes at least one of the following: measurement event configuration, first measurement height configuration, first measurement position configuration, and first measurement speed configuration.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述测量报告配置还包括以下至少一项:参考信号类型、上报间隔和上报次数等。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the foregoing measurement report configuration further includes at least one of the following: reference signal type, reporting interval, and reporting frequency.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述测量配置还包括以下至少一项:测量目标(measurement objects)、测量标识(measurement identities)、测量量配置(quantity configurations)和测量间隙(measurement gaps)等。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the foregoing measurement configuration further includes at least one of the following: measurement objects, measurement identities, quantity configurations, measurement gaps, and so on.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述第一测量高度配置包括第二高度门限值和/或第三高度偏移值,第一测量位置配置包括第二位置值和/或第二位置偏移值。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the above-mentioned first measurement height configuration includes a second height threshold value and/or a third height offset value, and the first measurement position configuration includes a second position value and/or a second position offset value. Shift value.
其中,上述第三高度偏移值为UE在第三预设时间段内的高度的变化门限值;上述第二位置值用于指示以下至少一项:第二地理位置范围、第三区域标识、第三小区标识、第三RNA信息以及第三TA标识;上述第二位置偏移值用于UE确定在第四预设时间段内UE的位置是否发生变化和/或UE的位置的变化值。Wherein, the third height offset value is the change threshold of the height of the UE in the third preset time period; the second position value is used to indicate at least one of the following: the second geographic location range, the third area identifier , The third cell identifier, the third RNA information, and the third TA identifier; the above-mentioned second location offset value is used by the UE to determine whether the location of the UE has changed within the fourth preset time period and/or the change value of the location of the UE .
需要说明的是,上述第三小区标识可以用于指示第三小区对应的覆盖范围;上述第三RNA信息可以用于指示第三RNA对应的覆盖范围;上述第三TA标识可以用于指示第三TA对应的覆盖范围。It should be noted that the above-mentioned third cell identifier may be used to indicate the coverage area corresponding to the third cell; the above-mentioned third RNA information may be used to indicate the coverage area corresponding to the third RNA; the above-mentioned third TA identifier may be used to indicate the third The coverage area corresponding to TA.
需要说明的是,上述第一测量量变化值可以包括一个或多个测量量变化值,上述第一测量量门限值可以包括一个或多个测量量门限值,上述第一高度门限值可以包括一个或多个高度门限值,上述第一高度偏移值可以包括一个或多个高度偏移值,上述第一位置值可以包括一个或多个位置值,上述第一位置偏移值可以包括一个或多个位置偏移值;上述第二高度门限值可以包括一个或多个高度门限值,上述第三高度偏移值可以包括一个或多个高度偏移值,上述第二位置值可以包括一个或多个位置值,上述第二位置偏移值可以包括一个或多个位置偏移值。It should be noted that the first measurement value change value may include one or more measurement value change values, the first measurement value threshold value may include one or more measurement value threshold values, and the first height threshold value is It may include one or more height thresholds, the first height offset value may include one or more height offset values, the first position value may include one or more position values, and the first position offset value may be It may include one or more position offset values; the above-mentioned second height threshold value may include one or more height threshold values, the above-mentioned third height offset value may include one or more height offset values, and the above-mentioned second height threshold value may include one or more height offset values. The position value may include one or more position values, and the aforementioned second position offset value may include one or more position offset values.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述测量报告可以包括以下至少一项:UE的实际测量量、UE的高度信息、UE的位置信息以及UE的速度信息。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the aforementioned measurement report may include at least one of the following: actual measurement amount of the UE, height information of the UE, location information of the UE, and speed information of the UE.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述测量报告还可以包括以下至少一项:测量标识(measurement identities)、本小区的测量结果(包括波束测量结果和/或小区测量结果)、邻小区(包括同频邻小区、其它频点的测量和/或其它RAT的测量)的测量结果(包括波束测量结果和/或小区测量结果)。Optionally, in this embodiment of the application, the measurement report may also include at least one of the following: measurement identities, measurement results of the current cell (including beam measurement results and/or cell measurement results), and neighboring cells (including measurement identities). Measurement results (including beam measurement results and/or cell measurement results) of neighboring cells on the same frequency, measurements on other frequency points, and/or measurements on other RATs.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述UE的高度信息可以包括UE的高度值和/或UE的高度偏移值,UE的位置信息可以包括UE的位置值和/或UE的位置偏移值,UE的速度信息可以包括UE的水平速度值、UE的垂直速度值或UE在任意方向的速度值。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the above-mentioned height information of the UE may include the height value of the UE and/or the height offset value of the UE, and the position information of the UE may include the position value of the UE and/or the position offset value of the UE. The speed information of the UE may include the horizontal speed value of the UE, the vertical speed value of the UE, or the speed value of the UE in any direction.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中涉及的高度可以指绝对高度或相对高度,相对高度的参考物可以由网络设备进行配置或协议约定,高度也可以指一个高度范围;本申请实施例中涉及的高度偏移值,可以指UE的高度数值的变化量;本申请实施例中涉及的位置值,可以指UE的地理位置,其中地理位置可以指UE的绝对经纬度位置或范围,位置值也可以指UE所在区域的区域标识(zone ID),或指UE所在小区的小区标识,或指UE所在RNA的RNA标识或对应的小区列表,或指UE所在TA的TA标识;本申请实施例中涉及的位置偏移值可以指水平移动距离、垂直移动距离或直接移动距离,其中,直接移动距离 指的是任一方向上的移动距离,位置偏移值也可以指UE离开了一个小区和/或进入了另一个小区,也可以指UE离开了一个RNA和/或进入了另一个RNA,也可以指UE离开了一个TA和/或进入了另一个TA,也可以指UE的区域标识或基于经纬度算出的位置发生了改变;本申请实施例中涉及的速度可以指水平速度、垂直速度或任意方向的速度。It should be noted that the height involved in the embodiments of this application can refer to absolute heights or relative heights. The reference of relative heights can be configured by network equipment or agreed upon by agreement, and height can also refer to a range of heights; The height offset value of may refer to the amount of change in the height value of the UE; the location value involved in the embodiments of this application may refer to the geographic location of the UE, where the geographic location may refer to the absolute latitude and longitude location or range of the UE, and the location value may also be Refers to the zone ID (zone ID) of the area where the UE is located, or refers to the cell identity of the cell where the UE is located, or refers to the RNA identification of the RNA where the UE is located or the corresponding cell list, or refers to the TA identity of the TA where the UE is located; The position offset value can refer to the horizontal movement distance, the vertical movement distance or the direct movement distance, where the direct movement distance refers to the movement distance in any direction, and the position offset value can also refer to the UE leaving a cell and/or entering In another cell, it can also mean that the UE has left one RNA and/or entered another RNA. It can also mean that the UE has left one TA and/or entered another TA. It can also refer to the UE’s area identifier or calculated based on latitude and longitude. The position of has changed; the speed involved in the embodiment of this application can refer to the horizontal speed, the vertical speed or the speed in any direction.
步骤203、UE根据测量配置,确定是否上报测量报告。Step 203: The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to the measurement configuration.
可选地,本申请实施例中,在上述测量配置包括测量事件配置的情况下,UE可以根据UE的实际测量量是否满足测量量配置,确定是否上报测量报告;和/或,UE可以根据UE的高度信息是否满足第二测量高度配置,确定是否上报测量报告;和/或,UE可以根据UE的位置信息是否满足第二测量位置配置,确定是否上报测量报告;和/或,UE可以根据UE的速度信息是否满足第二测量速度配置,确定是否上报测量报告。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, in the case where the above-mentioned measurement configuration includes the measurement event configuration, the UE may determine whether to report the measurement report according to whether the actual measurement quantity of the UE meets the measurement quantity configuration; and/or the UE may determine whether to report the measurement report according to the UE Determine whether to report a measurement report according to whether the height information of the UE meets the second measurement height configuration; and/or, the UE may determine whether to report the measurement report according to whether the UE’s location information meets the second measurement position configuration; and/or, the UE may determine whether to report the measurement report according to the UE’s location information. Whether the speed information meets the second measurement speed configuration, determine whether to report the measurement report.
需要说明的是,上述UE的实际测量量可以理解为UE基于网络设备的测量配置(例如测量量配置)实际测量得到的测量结果。It should be noted that the actual measurement quantity of the above UE may be understood as a measurement result obtained by the UE based on the measurement configuration (for example, measurement quantity configuration) of the network device.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述测量量配置可以用于指示以下至少一项测量量:参考信号接收功率(reference signal receiving power,RSRP)、参考信号接收质量(reference signal receiving quality,RSRQ)和信号与干扰加噪声比(signal to interference plus noise ratio,SINR)等。Optionally, in this embodiment of the application, the above measurement quantity configuration may be used to indicate at least one of the following measurement quantities: reference signal receiving power (RSRP), reference signal receiving quality (RSRQ) And signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR), etc.
可以理解,UE的实际测量量可以为UE测量参考信号的接收功率后得到的测量结果(即RSRP值),和/或,UE测量参考信号的接收质量后得到的测量结果(即RSRQ值),和/或,UE测量接收的信号的强度与干扰信号的强度后得到的测量结果(即SINR值)。It can be understood that the actual measurement quantity of the UE may be the measurement result (ie RSRP value) obtained after the UE measures the received power of the reference signal, and/or the measurement result obtained after the UE measures the received quality of the reference signal (ie RSRQ value), And/or, the measurement result (that is, the SINR value) obtained after the UE measures the strength of the received signal and the strength of the interference signal.
可选地,本申请实施例中,UE的测量量可以为小区的测量量或波束的测量量,该小区可以包括本小区和/或邻小区。可以理解,上述测量报告中包括测量结果,该测量结果包括波束测量结果和/或小区测量结果。其中,波束测量结果包括:对同步信号块(synchronization signal block,SSB)、信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information-reference signal,CSI-RS)、解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)或其它参考参考信号的测量结果。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the measurement volume of the UE may be the measurement volume of the cell or the measurement volume of the beam, and the cell may include the current cell and/or neighboring cells. It can be understood that the above measurement report includes a measurement result, and the measurement result includes a beam measurement result and/or a cell measurement result. Among them, the beam measurement results include: synchronization signal block (synchronization signal block, SSB), channel state information reference signal (channel state information-reference signal, CSI-RS), demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS) or other Refer to the measurement result of the reference signal.
可选地,本申请实施例中,在测量配置包括第一测量高度配置的情况下,UE可以根 据UE的高度信息是否满足第一测量高度配置,确定是否上报测量报告;和/或,在测量配置包括第一测量位置配置的情况下,UE可以根据UE的位置信息是否满足第一测量位置配置,确定是否上报测量报告;和/或,在测量配置包括第一测量速度配置的情况下,UE可以根据UE的速度信息是否满足第一测量速度配置,确定是否上报测量报告。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, when the measurement configuration includes the first measurement height configuration, the UE may determine whether to report the measurement report according to whether the height information of the UE meets the first measurement height configuration; and/or, in the measurement In the case that the configuration includes the first measurement location configuration, the UE may determine whether to report the measurement report according to whether the location information of the UE meets the first measurement location configuration; and/or, in the case that the measurement configuration includes the first measurement speed configuration, the UE It may be determined whether to report a measurement report according to whether the speed information of the UE satisfies the first measurement speed configuration.
需要说明的是,针对UE根据测量配置,确定是否上报测量报告的具体方法将在下述实施例中进行描述,此处不予赘述。It should be noted that the specific method for the UE to determine whether to report a measurement report according to the measurement configuration will be described in the following embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例可以应用于无人航空载具(unmanned aerial vehicle,UAV)或无人飞机系统(unmanned aircraft system,UAS),例如无人飞机、无人机、无人航空载具、无人作战飞机、蜂型机等。本申请实施例中的UE可以实现以下至少一项功能:航空终端鉴权、高度信息上报、基于测量上报的干扰探测、飞行路径信息上报、水平与垂直信息上报等。The embodiments of this application can be applied to unmanned aerial vehicles (UAV) or unmanned aircraft systems (UAS), such as unmanned aircraft, unmanned aerial vehicles, unmanned aerial vehicles, and unmanned combat operations. Airplanes, bees, etc. The UE in the embodiment of the present application can implement at least one of the following functions: aviation terminal authentication, altitude information reporting, interference detection based on measurement reporting, flight path information reporting, horizontal and vertical information reporting, and so on.
本申请实施例提供一种测量上报配置方法,UE可以根据网络设备配置的测量配置(该测量配置用于指示UE的测量报告的上报条件),确定是否上报测量报告。由于UE可以根据网络设备配置的测量事件配置、第一测量高度配置、第一测量位置配置和/或第一测量速度配置,确定是否满足测量报告的上报条件,从而确定是否进行测量上报,而并非直接将测量得到的测量结果发送至网络设备,因此可以提高UE进行测量上报的灵活性。The embodiment of the present application provides a measurement report configuration method. The UE can determine whether to report the measurement report according to the measurement configuration configured by the network device (the measurement configuration is used to indicate the reporting condition of the UE's measurement report). Since the UE can determine whether the report conditions of the measurement report are met according to the measurement event configuration, the first measurement height configuration, the first measurement location configuration, and/or the first measurement speed configuration configured by the network device, so as to determine whether to perform the measurement report. The measurement result obtained by the measurement is directly sent to the network device, so that the flexibility of the UE for measurement reporting can be improved.
进一步地,网络设备在进行切换指示时,可以根据UE上报的测量报告确定更准确、全面的信息,从而可以提高切换过程的灵活性。Further, when the network device performs the handover instruction, it can determine more accurate and comprehensive information according to the measurement report reported by the UE, so that the flexibility of the handover process can be improved.
可选地,本申请实施例中,在上述测量事件配置包括测量量配置的情况下,结合图2,如图3所示,上述步骤203具体可以通过下述的步骤203a实现。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, in the case where the measurement event configuration includes the measurement quantity configuration, in conjunction with FIG. 2, as shown in FIG. 3, the above step 203 may be specifically implemented by the following step 203a.
步骤203a、UE根据UE的实际测量量是否达到第一数值,确定是否上报测量报告。Step 203a: The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to whether the actual measurement amount of the UE reaches the first value.
本申请实施例中,上述第一数值为第一测量量门限值与第一测量量变化值之和。In the embodiment of the present application, the above-mentioned first value is the sum of the first measurement value threshold value and the first measurement value change value.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述步骤203a具体可以通过下述的步骤203a10至步骤203a17中的任一步骤实现。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the foregoing step 203a may be specifically implemented by any of the following steps 203a10 to 203a17.
步骤203a10、若UE的实际测量量大于或等于第一数值,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203a10: If the actual measurement amount of the UE is greater than or equal to the first value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203a11、若UE的实际测量量小于第一数值,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203a11: If the actual measurement amount of the UE is less than the first value, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
步骤203a12、若UE的实际测量量大于第一数值,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203a12: If the actual measurement amount of the UE is greater than the first value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203a13、若UE的实际测量量小于或等于第一数值,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203a13: If the actual measurement amount of the UE is less than or equal to the first value, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
步骤203a14、若UE的实际测量量小于第一数值,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203a14: If the actual measurement amount of the UE is less than the first value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203a15、若UE的实际测量量大于或等于第一数值,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203a15: If the actual measurement amount of the UE is greater than or equal to the first value, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
步骤203a16、若UE的实际测量量小于或等于第一数值,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203a16: If the actual measurement amount of the UE is less than or equal to the first value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203a17、若UE的实际测量量大于第一数值,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203a17: If the actual measurement amount of the UE is greater than the first value, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
需要说明的是,对于UE是在UE的实际测量量大于(或等于)第一数值时上报测量报告,还是在UE的实际测量量小于(或等于)第一数值时上报测量报告,可以是协议约定的或者网络设备配置的。It should be noted that whether the UE reports a measurement report when the actual measurement volume of the UE is greater than (or equal to) the first value, or reports a measurement report when the actual measurement volume of the UE is less than (or equal to) the first value, which can be a protocol Arranged or configured by network equipment.
可选地,本申请实施例中,在上述测量事件配置包括第二测量高度配置、且该第二测量高度配置包括第一高度门限值的情况下,上述步骤203具体可以通过下述的步骤203b实现。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, in the case where the above-mentioned measurement event configuration includes a second measurement height configuration, and the second measurement height configuration includes a first height threshold value, the above step 203 may specifically pass the following steps 203b implementation.
步骤203b、UE根据UE的高度值是否达到第一高度门限值,确定是否上报测量报告。Step 203b: The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to whether the height value of the UE reaches the first height threshold.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述步骤203b具体可以通过下述的步骤203b20至步骤203b27中的任一步骤实现。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the foregoing step 203b may be specifically implemented by any of the following steps 203b20 to 203b27.
步骤203b20、若UE的高度值大于或等于第一高度门限值,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203b20: If the height value of the UE is greater than or equal to the first height threshold, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203b21、若UE的高度值小于第一高度门限值,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203b21: If the height value of the UE is less than the first height threshold, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
步骤203b22、若UE的高度值大于第一高度门限值,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203b22: If the height value of the UE is greater than the first height threshold, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203b23、若UE的高度值小于或等于第一高度门限值,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203b23: If the height value of the UE is less than or equal to the first height threshold, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
步骤203b24、若UE的高度值小于第一高度门限值,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203b24: If the height value of the UE is less than the first height threshold, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203b25、若UE的高度值大于或等于第一高度门限值,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203b25: If the height value of the UE is greater than or equal to the first height threshold, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
步骤203b26、若UE的高度值小于或等于第一高度门限值,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203b26: If the height value of the UE is less than or equal to the first height threshold, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203b27、若UE的高度值大于第一高度门限值,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203b27: If the height value of the UE is greater than the first height threshold, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
需要说明的是,对于UE是在UE的高度值大于(或等于)第一高度门限值时上报测量报告,还是在UE的高度值小于(或等于)第一高度门限值时上报测量报告,可以是协议约定的或者网络设备配置的。It should be noted that whether the UE reports a measurement report when the height value of the UE is greater than (or equal to) the first height threshold value, or reports a measurement report when the height value of the UE is less than (or equal to) the first height threshold value , It can be agreed by the protocol or configured by the network device.
可选地,本申请实施例中,在上述测量事件配置包括第二测量高度配置、且该第二测量高度配置包括第一高度偏移值的情况下,上述步骤203具体可以通过下述的步骤203c实现。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, in the case where the above-mentioned measurement event configuration includes the second measurement height configuration and the second measurement height configuration includes the first height offset value, the above step 203 may specifically pass the following steps 203c implementation.
步骤203c、UE根据UE在第一预设时间段内的第二高度偏移值是否达到第一高度偏移值,确定是否上报测量报告。Step 203c: The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to whether the second height offset value of the UE in the first preset time period reaches the first height offset value.
需要说明的是,上述第二高度偏移值可以理解为在第一预设时间段内UE的高度的变化量。It should be noted that the foregoing second height offset value may be understood as the amount of change in the height of the UE within the first preset time period.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述步骤203c具体可以通过下述的步骤203c30至步骤203c37中的任一步骤实现。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the foregoing step 203c may be specifically implemented by any of the following steps 203c30 to 203c37.
步骤203c30、若第二高度偏移值大于或等于第一高度偏移值,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203c30: If the second height offset value is greater than or equal to the first height offset value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203c31、若第二高度偏移值小于第一高度偏移值,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203c31: If the second height offset value is less than the first height offset value, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
步骤203c32、若第二高度偏移值大于第一高度偏移值,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203c32: If the second height offset value is greater than the first height offset value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203c33、若第二高度偏移值小于或等于第一高度偏移值,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203c33: If the second height offset value is less than or equal to the first height offset value, the UE determines not to report the measurement report.
步骤203c34、若第二高度偏移值小于第一高度偏移值,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203c34: If the second height offset value is less than the first height offset value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203c35、若第二高度偏移值大于或等于第一高度偏移值,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203c35: If the second height offset value is greater than or equal to the first height offset value, the UE determines not to report the measurement report.
步骤203c36、若第二高度偏移值小于或等于第一高度偏移值,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203c36: If the second height offset value is less than or equal to the first height offset value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203c37、若第二高度偏移值大于第一高度偏移值,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203c37: If the second height offset value is greater than the first height offset value, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
需要说明的是,对于UE是在第二高度偏移值大于(或等于)第一高度偏移值时上报测量报告,还是在第二高度偏移值小于(或等于)第一高度偏移值时上报测量报告,可以是协议约定的或者网络设备配置的。It should be noted that whether the UE reports the measurement report when the second height offset value is greater than (or equal to) the first height offset value, or whether the second height offset value is less than (or equal to) the first height offset value The measurement report is reported at the time, which can be agreed by the protocol or configured by the network device.
可选地,本申请实施例中,在上述测量事件配置包括第二测量位置配置、且该第二测量位置配置包括第一位置值、以及该第一位置值指示第一地理位置范围的情况下,上述步骤203具体可以通过下述的步骤203d实现。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, in the case where the above-mentioned measurement event configuration includes a second measurement location configuration, and the second measurement location configuration includes a first location value, and the first location value indicates a first geographic location range , The above step 203 can be specifically implemented by the following step 203d.
步骤203d、UE根据UE的地理位置值是否在第一地理位置范围内,确定是否上报测量报告。Step 203d: The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to whether the geographical location value of the UE is within the first geographical location range.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述步骤203d具体可以通过下述的步骤203d40至步骤203d43中的任一步骤实现。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the foregoing step 203d may be specifically implemented by any of the following steps 203d40 to 203d43.
步骤203d40、若UE的地理位置值在第一地理位置范围内,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203d40: If the geographic location value of the UE is within the range of the first geographic location, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203d41、若UE的地理位置值在第一地理位置范围外,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203d41: If the geographic location value of the UE is outside the range of the first geographic location, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
步骤203d42、若UE的地理位置值在第一地理位置范围外,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203d42: If the geographic location value of the UE is outside the range of the first geographic location, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203d43、若UE的地理位置值在第一地理位置范围内,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203d43: If the geographic location value of the UE is within the range of the first geographic location, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
需要说明的是,对于UE是在UE的地理位置值在第一地理位置范围内时上报测量报告,还是在UE的地理位置值在第一地理位置范围外时上报测量报告,可以是协议约定的或者网络设备配置的。It should be noted that whether the UE reports a measurement report when the UE's geographic location value is within the first geographic location range, or when the UE's geographic location value is outside the first geographic location range, may be agreed upon by agreement. Or network equipment configuration.
可选地,本申请实施例中,在上述测量事件配置包括第二测量位置配置、且该第二测量位置配置包括第一位置值、以及该第一位置值指示第一区域标识的情况下,上述步骤203具体可以通过下述的步骤203e实现。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, in the case where the above-mentioned measurement event configuration includes a second measurement location configuration, and the second measurement location configuration includes a first location value, and the first location value indicates a first area identifier, The above step 203 can be specifically implemented by the following step 203e.
步骤203e、UE根据UE所在区域的第二区域标识是否与第一区域标识相同,确定是否上报测量报告。Step 203e: The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to whether the second area identifier of the area where the UE is located is the same as the first area identifier.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述步骤203e具体可以通过下述的步骤203e50至步骤 203e53中的任一步骤实现。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the foregoing step 203e may be specifically implemented by any of the following steps 203e50 to 203e53.
步骤203e50、若第二区域标识与第一区域标识相同,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203e50: If the second area identifier is the same as the first area identifier, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203e51、若第二区域标识与第一区域标识不同,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203e51: If the second area identifier is different from the first area identifier, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
步骤203e52、若第二区域标识与第一区域标识不同,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203e52: If the second area identifier is different from the first area identifier, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203e53、若第二区域标识与第一区域标识相同,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203e53: If the second area identifier is the same as the first area identifier, the UE determines not to report the measurement report.
需要说明的是,对于UE是在第二区域标识与第一区域标识相同时上报测量报告,还是在第二区域标识与第一区域标识不同时上报测量报告,可以是协议约定的或者网络设备配置的。It should be noted that whether the UE reports the measurement report when the second area identifier is the same as the first area identifier, or reports the measurement report when the second area identifier is different from the first area identifier, may be agreed upon by the protocol or configured by the network device of.
可选地,本申请实施例中,在上述测量事件配置包括第二测量位置配置、且该第二测量位置配置包括第一位置值、以及该第一位置值指示第一小区标识的情况下,上述步骤203具体可以通过下述的步骤203f实现。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, in the case where the above-mentioned measurement event configuration includes a second measurement location configuration, and the second measurement location configuration includes a first location value, and the first location value indicates a first cell identity, The above step 203 can be specifically implemented by the following step 203f.
步骤203f、UE根据UE所在小区的第二小区标识是否与第一小区标识相同,确定是否上报测量报告。Step 203f: The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to whether the second cell identity of the cell where the UE is located is the same as the first cell identity.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述步骤203f具体可以通过下述的步骤203f60至步骤203f63中的任一步骤实现。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the foregoing step 203f may be specifically implemented by any of the following steps 203f60 to 203f63.
步骤203f60、若第二小区标识与第一小区标识相同(即UE处于第一小区对应的覆盖范围内),则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203f60: If the second cell identifier is the same as the first cell identifier (that is, the UE is in the coverage area corresponding to the first cell), the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203f61、若第二小区标识与第一小区标识不同(即UE处于第一小区对应的覆盖范围外),则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203f61: If the second cell identifier is different from the first cell identifier (that is, the UE is outside the coverage area corresponding to the first cell), the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
步骤203f62、若第二小区标识与第一小区标识不同,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203f62: If the second cell identity is different from the first cell identity, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203f63、若第二小区标识与第一小区标识相同,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203f63: If the second cell identity is the same as the first cell identity, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
需要说明的是,对于UE是在第二小区标识与第一小区标识相同时上报测量报告,还是在第二小区标识与第一小区标识不同时上报测量报告,可以是协议约定的或者网络设备配置的。It should be noted that whether the UE reports the measurement report when the second cell identity is the same as the first cell identity, or reports the measurement report when the second cell identity is different from the first cell identity, may be agreed upon by the protocol or configured by the network device of.
可选地,本申请实施例中,在上述测量事件配置包括第二测量位置配置、且该第二测 量位置配置包括第一位置值、以及该第一位置值指示第一RNA信息的情况下,上述步骤203具体可以通过下述的步骤203g实现。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, in the case where the above-mentioned measurement event configuration includes a second measurement location configuration, and the second measurement location configuration includes a first location value, and the first location value indicates the first RNA information, The above step 203 can be specifically implemented by the following step 203g.
步骤203g、UE根据UE对应的RNA的第二RNA信息是否与第一RNA信息相同,确定是否上报测量报告。Step 203g: The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to whether the second RNA information of the RNA corresponding to the UE is the same as the first RNA information.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述步骤203g具体可以通过下述的步骤203g70至步骤203g73中的任一步骤实现。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the foregoing step 203g may be specifically implemented by any of the following steps 203g70 to 203g73.
步骤203g70、若第二RNA信息与第一RNA信息相同(即UE处于第一RNA对应的覆盖范围内),则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203g70: If the second RNA information is the same as the first RNA information (that is, the UE is in the coverage area corresponding to the first RNA), the UE determines to report the measurement report.
步骤203g71、若第二RNA信息与第一RNA信息不同(即UE处于第一RNA对应的覆盖范围外),则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203g71: If the second RNA information is different from the first RNA information (that is, the UE is outside the coverage area corresponding to the first RNA), the UE determines not to report the measurement report.
步骤203g72、若第二RNA信息与第一RNA信息不同,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203g72: If the second RNA information is different from the first RNA information, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203g73、若第二RNA信息与第一RNA信息相同,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203g73: If the second RNA information is the same as the first RNA information, the UE determines not to report the measurement report.
需要说明的是,对于UE是在第二RNA信息与第一RNA信息相同时上报测量报告,还是在第二RNA信息与第一RNA信息不同时上报测量报告,可以是协议约定的或者网络设备配置的。It should be noted that whether the UE reports the measurement report when the second RNA information is the same as the first RNA information, or reports the measurement report when the second RNA information is different from the first RNA information, can be agreed upon by the protocol or configured by the network device of.
可选地,本申请实施例中,在上述测量事件配置包括第二测量位置配置、且该第二测量位置配置包括第一位置值、以及该第一位置值指示第一TA标识的情况下,上述步骤203具体可以通过下述的步骤203h实现。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, in the case where the above-mentioned measurement event configuration includes a second measurement position configuration, and the second measurement position configuration includes a first position value, and the first position value indicates a first TA identifier, The above step 203 can be specifically implemented by the following step 203h.
步骤203h、UE根据UE对应的TA的第二TA标识是否与第一TA标识相同,确定是否上报测量报告。Step 203h: The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to whether the second TA identifier of the TA corresponding to the UE is the same as the first TA identifier.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述步骤203h具体可以通过下述的步骤203h80至步骤203h83中的任一步骤实现。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the foregoing step 203h may be specifically implemented by any of the following steps 203h80 to step 203h83.
步骤203h80、若第二TA标识与第一TA标识相同(即UE处于第一TA对应的覆盖范围内),则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203h80: If the second TA identifier is the same as the first TA identifier (that is, the UE is in the coverage area corresponding to the first TA), the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203h81、若第二TA标识与第一TA标识不同(即UE处于第一TA对应的覆盖 范围外),则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203h81: If the second TA identifier is different from the first TA identifier (that is, the UE is outside the coverage area corresponding to the first TA), the UE determines not to report the measurement report.
步骤203h82、若第二TA标识与第一TA标识不同,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203h82: If the second TA identifier is different from the first TA identifier, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203h83、若第二TA标识与第一TA标识相同,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203h83: If the second TA identifier is the same as the first TA identifier, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
需要说明的是,对于UE是在第二TA标识与第一TA标识相同时上报测量报告,还是在第二TA标识与第一TA标识不同时上报测量报告,可以是协议约定的或者网络设备配置的。It should be noted that whether the UE reports the measurement report when the second TA identifier is the same as the first TA identifier, or reports the measurement report when the second TA identifier is different from the first TA identifier, may be agreed upon by the protocol or configured by the network device of.
可选地,本申请实施例中,在上述测量事件配置包括第二测量位置配置、且该第二测量位置配置包括第一位置偏移值的情况下,上述步骤203具体可以通过下述的步骤203i实现。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, in the case where the above-mentioned measurement event configuration includes the second measurement position configuration and the second measurement position configuration includes the first position offset value, the above step 203 may specifically pass the following steps 203i implementation.
步骤203i、UE根据UE在第二预设时间段内的第一移动距离是否达到第一位置偏移值,确定是否上报测量报告。Step 203i: The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to whether the first moving distance of the UE in the second preset time period reaches the first position offset value.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述步骤203i具体可以通过下述的步骤203i90至步骤203i97中的任一步骤实现。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the foregoing step 203i may be specifically implemented by any of the following steps 203i90 to 203i97.
步骤203i90、若第一移动距离大于或等于第一位置偏移值,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203i90: If the first moving distance is greater than or equal to the first position offset value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203i91、若第一移动距离小于第一位置偏移值,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203i91: If the first moving distance is less than the first position offset value, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
步骤203i92、若第一移动距离大于第一位置偏移值,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203i92: If the first moving distance is greater than the first position offset value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203i93、若第一移动距离小于或等于第一位置偏移值,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203i93: If the first moving distance is less than or equal to the first position offset value, the UE determines not to report the measurement report.
步骤203i94、若第一移动距离小于第一位置偏移值,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203i94: If the first moving distance is less than the first position offset value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203i95、若第一移动距离大于或等于第一位置偏移值,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203i95: If the first moving distance is greater than or equal to the first position offset value, the UE determines not to report the measurement report.
步骤203i96、若第一移动距离小于或等于第一位置偏移值,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203i96: If the first moving distance is less than or equal to the first position offset value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203i97、若第一移动距离大于第一位置偏移值,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203i97: If the first moving distance is greater than the first position offset value, the UE determines not to report the measurement report.
需要说明的是,对于UE是在第一移动距离大于(或等于)第一位置偏移值时上报测量报告,还是在第一移动距离小于(或等于)第一位置偏移值时上报测量报告,可以是协 议约定的或者网络设备配置的。It should be noted that whether the UE reports the measurement report when the first movement distance is greater than (or equal to) the first position offset value, or reports the measurement report when the first movement distance is less than (or equal to) the first position offset value , It can be agreed by the protocol or configured by the network device.
可选地,本申请实施例中,在上述测量事件配置包括第二测量速度配置的情况下,上述步骤203具体可以通过下述的步骤203j实现。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, in the case where the above-mentioned measurement event configuration includes the second measurement speed configuration, the above-mentioned step 203 may be specifically implemented by the following step 203j.
步骤203j、UE根据UE的速度值是否达到第二测量速度配置,确定是否上报测量报告。Step 203j: The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to whether the speed value of the UE reaches the second measurement speed configuration.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述步骤203j具体可以通过下述的步骤203j100至步骤203j107中的任一步骤实现。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the foregoing step 203j may be specifically implemented by any of the following steps 203j100 to 203j107.
步骤203j100、若UE的速度值大于或等于第二测量速度配置,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203j100: If the speed value of the UE is greater than or equal to the second measurement speed configuration, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203j101、若UE的速度值小于第二测量速度配置,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203j101: If the speed value of the UE is less than the second measurement speed configuration, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
步骤203j102、若UE的速度值大于第二测量速度配置,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203j102: If the speed value of the UE is greater than the second measurement speed configuration, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203j103、若UE的速度值小于或等于第二测量速度配置,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203j103: If the speed value of the UE is less than or equal to the second measurement speed configuration, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
步骤203j104、若UE的速度值小于第二测量速度配置,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203j104: If the speed value of the UE is less than the second measurement speed configuration, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203j105、若UE的速度值大于或等于第二测量速度配置,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203j105: If the speed value of the UE is greater than or equal to the second measurement speed configuration, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
步骤203j106、若UE的速度值小于或等于第二测量速度配置,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203j106: If the speed value of the UE is less than or equal to the second measurement speed configuration, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203j107、若UE的速度值大于第二测量速度配置,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203j107: If the speed value of the UE is greater than the second measurement speed configuration, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
需要说明的是,对于UE是在UE的速度值大于(或等于)第二测量速度配置时上报测量报告,还是在UE的速度值小于(或等于)第二测量速度配置时上报测量报告,可以是协议约定的或者网络设备配置的。It should be noted that whether the UE reports a measurement report when the speed value of the UE is greater than (or equal to) the second measurement speed configuration, or whether the UE reports a measurement report when the speed value of the UE is less than (or equal to) the second measurement speed configuration. It is agreed upon by the protocol or configured by the network device.
下面结合具体的示例,对本申请实施例提供的UE确定是否上报测量报告的具体方法进行示例性的说明。With reference to specific examples, the specific method for the UE to determine whether to report a measurement report provided in the embodiments of the present application will be exemplarily described below.
示例1:假设测量配置中包括测量事件配置(即事件标识1及该事件标识1对应的事件配置),且该测量事件配置中包括高度门限值X和测量量门限值Y;当UE的高度值大 于或小于X,且UE的实际测量量大于或小于Y时,可以确定满足了事件标识1对应的事件,则UE可以上报测量报告。Example 1: Assume that the measurement configuration includes the measurement event configuration (that is, the event ID 1 and the event configuration corresponding to the event ID 1), and the measurement event configuration includes the altitude threshold X and the measurement threshold Y; when the UE’s When the height value is greater than or less than X, and the actual measurement amount of the UE is greater than or less than Y, it can be determined that the event corresponding to the event identifier 1 is satisfied, and the UE can report the measurement report.
示例2:假设测量配置中包括测量事件配置(即事件标识1及该事件标识1对应的事件配置),且该测量事件配置中包括高度门限值X、测量量门限值Y和测量量变化值Z(Z可以为正数、0或负数);当UE的高度值大于或小于X时,那么若UE的实际测量量大于或小于测量量门限值Y与测量量变化值Z之和,则UE可以上报测量报告。Example 2: Assume that the measurement configuration includes the measurement event configuration (ie, event ID 1 and the event configuration corresponding to the event ID 1), and the measurement event configuration includes altitude threshold X, measurement threshold Y, and measurement change Value Z (Z can be positive, 0, or negative); when the height of the UE is greater than or less than X, then if the actual measured quantity of the UE is greater than or less than the sum of the measured quantity threshold Y and the measured quantity change value Z, Then the UE can report the measurement report.
示例3:假设测量配置中包括测量事件配置(即事件标识1及该事件标识1对应的事件配置),且该测量事件配置中包括高度偏移值W和测量量门限值Y;当UE的高度变化值在一定时间内大于或小于W,且UE的实际测量量大于或小于Y时,则UE可以上报测量报告。Example 3: Assume that the measurement configuration includes the measurement event configuration (that is, the event ID 1 and the event configuration corresponding to the event ID 1), and the measurement event configuration includes the height offset value W and the measurement threshold value Y; when the UE’s When the height change value is greater than or less than W within a certain period of time, and the actual measurement amount of the UE is greater than or less than Y, the UE can report a measurement report.
示例4:假设测量配置中包括测量事件配置(即事件标识1及该事件标识1对应的事件配置),且该测量事件配置中包括高度偏移值W、测量量门限值Y和测量量变化值Z;当UE的高度变化值在一定时间内大于或小于W,那么若UE的实际测量量大于或小于测量量门限值Y与测量量变化值Z之和,则UE可以上报测量报告。Example 4: Assuming that the measurement configuration includes the measurement event configuration (ie, event ID 1 and the event configuration corresponding to the event ID 1), and the measurement event configuration includes the height offset value W, the measurement threshold Y, and the measurement change Value Z: When the height change value of the UE is greater than or less than W within a certain period of time, then if the actual measurement quantity of the UE is greater than or less than the sum of the measurement quantity threshold Y and the measurement quantity change value Z, the UE can report a measurement report.
本申请实施例中,在UE的高度信息满足不同条件时,UE可以基于不同的测量量配置确定是否上报测量报告。In the embodiment of the present application, when the height information of the UE meets different conditions, the UE may determine whether to report a measurement report based on different measurement quantity configurations.
示例5:假设测量配置中包括测量事件配置(即事件标识1及该事件标识1对应的事件配置),且该测量事件配置中包括位置值A(可以指某个具体的经纬度位置或范围、某个区域标识或某个小区标识)和测量量门限值Y;当UE的位置在某个具体的经纬度位置范围内/外、等于/不等于某个区域标识或UE所在小区对应的覆盖范围为/不为小区标识=A的小区,且UE的实际测量量大于或小于Y时,可以确定满足了事件标识1对应的事件,则UE可以上报测量报告。Example 5: Assuming that the measurement configuration includes the measurement event configuration (that is, the event ID 1 and the event configuration corresponding to the event ID 1), and the measurement event configuration includes the position value A (which can refer to a specific latitude and longitude position or range, a certain Area identification or a certain cell identification) and the measurement threshold Y; when the location of the UE is within/outside of a specific latitude and longitude location range, is equal to/not equal to a certain area identification or the coverage area corresponding to the cell where the UE is located is / Is not a cell with cell ID=A, and the actual measurement volume of the UE is greater than or less than Y, it can be determined that the event corresponding to the event ID 1 is satisfied, and the UE can report a measurement report.
示例6:假设测量配置中包括测量事件配置(即事件标识1及该事件标识1对应的事件配置),且该测量事件配置中包括位置偏移值B(可以指UE在水平方向上的移动距离、垂直方向上的移动距离或任一方向上的移动距离)和测量量门限值Y;当UE在水平方向上的移动距离、垂直方向上的移动距离或任一方向上的移动距离大于或小于B,且UE的 实际测量量大于或小于Y时,可以确定满足了事件标识1对应的事件,则UE可以上报测量报告。Example 6: Assume that the measurement configuration includes the measurement event configuration (that is, the event ID 1 and the event configuration corresponding to the event ID 1), and the measurement event configuration includes the position offset value B (which can refer to the moving distance of the UE in the horizontal direction , The moving distance in the vertical direction or the moving distance in any direction) and the measurement threshold Y; when the UE moving distance in the horizontal direction, the moving distance in the vertical direction, or the moving distance in any direction is greater than or less than B , And when the actual measurement amount of the UE is greater than or less than Y, it can be determined that the event corresponding to the event identifier 1 is satisfied, and the UE can report the measurement report.
示例7:假设测量配置中包括测量事件配置(即事件标识1及该事件标识1对应的事件配置),且该测量事件配置中包括位置偏移值B;当UE在水平方向上的移动距离、垂直方向上的移动距离或任一方向上的移动距离大于或小于B,可以确定满足了事件标识1对应的事件,则UE可以上报测量报告。Example 7: Assume that the measurement configuration includes the measurement event configuration (that is, the event ID 1 and the event configuration corresponding to the event ID 1), and the measurement event configuration includes the position offset value B; when the UE moves in the horizontal direction, The moving distance in the vertical direction or the moving distance in any direction is greater than or less than B, it can be determined that the event corresponding to the event identifier 1 is satisfied, and the UE can report the measurement report.
本申请实施例中,在UE的位置信息满足不同条件时,UE可以基于不同的测量量配置确定是否上报测量报告。In the embodiments of the present application, when the location information of the UE meets different conditions, the UE may determine whether to report a measurement report based on different measurement quantity configurations.
示例8:网络设备通过专用信令将测量配置下发给UE,该测量配置中包括以下至少一项:测量目标、测量报告配置、测量标识、测量量配置和测量间隙,且测量报告配置中包括以下至少一项:测量事件配置(即事件标识1及该事件标识1对应的事件配置)、参考信号类型、上报间隔与上报次数以及一个或多个位置值C;当满足一定的测量条件时,UE可以根据测量配置进行测量,测量得到的测量结果包括波束测量结果和/或小区测量结果;UE持续进行测量上报的评估,如果满足测量上报触发条件(例如满足事件标识1对应的事件配置,且UE的位置为/不为C),UE可以将测量报告发送给网络设备。Example 8: The network device sends the measurement configuration to the UE through dedicated signaling. The measurement configuration includes at least one of the following: measurement target, measurement report configuration, measurement identifier, measurement quantity configuration, and measurement gap, and the measurement report configuration includes At least one of the following: measurement event configuration (ie, event ID 1 and the event configuration corresponding to this event ID 1), reference signal type, reporting interval and reporting times, and one or more position values C; when certain measurement conditions are met, The UE can perform measurements according to the measurement configuration, and the measurement results obtained by the measurement include beam measurement results and/or cell measurement results; the UE continues to evaluate the measurement report, if the measurement report trigger condition is met (for example, the event configuration corresponding to event ID 1 is met, and The location of the UE is/not C), the UE can send the measurement report to the network device.
示例9:网络设备通过专用信令将测量配置下发给UE,该测量配置中包括以下至少一项:测量目标、测量报告配置、测量标识、测量量配置和测量间隙,且测量报告配置中包括以下至少一项:测量事件配置(即事件标识1及该事件标识1对应的事件配置、事件标识2及该事件标识2对应的事件配置)、参考信号类型、上报间隔与上报次数、高度门限值X和高度门限值D;当满足一定的测量条件时,UE可以根据测量配置进行测量,测量得到的测量结果包括波束测量结果和/或小区测量结果;UE持续进行测量上报的评估,如果满足测量上报触发条件(例如UE的高度值为X、且满足事件标识1对应的事件配置,和/或,UE的高度值为D、且满足事件标识2对应的事件配置),UE可以将测量报告发送给网络设备。Example 9: The network device sends the measurement configuration to the UE through dedicated signaling. The measurement configuration includes at least one of the following: measurement target, measurement report configuration, measurement identifier, measurement quantity configuration, and measurement gap, and the measurement report configuration includes At least one of the following: measurement event configuration (ie, event ID 1 and the event configuration corresponding to the event ID 1, event ID 2 and the event configuration corresponding to the event ID 2), reference signal type, reporting interval and reporting times, height threshold Value X and height threshold value D; when certain measurement conditions are met, the UE can perform measurement according to the measurement configuration, and the measurement results obtained by the measurement include beam measurement results and/or cell measurement results; the UE continues to evaluate the measurement report, if If the measurement report trigger condition is met (for example, the height of the UE is X and the event configuration corresponding to event ID 1 is met, and/or the height of the UE is D and the event configuration corresponding to event ID 2 is met), the UE can measure The report is sent to the network device.
本申请实施例中,在UE的高度信息和/或位置信息满足不同条件时,UE可以基于不同的事件配置确定是否上报测量报告。In the embodiments of the present application, when the height information and/or location information of the UE meet different conditions, the UE may determine whether to report a measurement report based on different event configurations.
可选地,本申请实施例中,在上述测量配置包括第一测量高度配置、且该第一测量高度配置包括第二高度门限值的情况下,结合图2,如图4所示,上述步骤203具体可以通过下述的步骤203k实现。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, in the case where the above-mentioned measurement configuration includes a first measurement height configuration, and the first measurement height configuration includes a second height threshold value, in conjunction with FIG. 2, as shown in FIG. 4, the above-mentioned Step 203 can be specifically implemented by the following step 203k.
步骤203k、UE根据UE的高度值是否达到第二高度门限值,确定是否上报测量报告。Step 203k: The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to whether the height value of the UE reaches the second height threshold.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述步骤203k具体可以通过下述的步骤203k10至步骤203k17中的任一步骤实现。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the foregoing step 203k may be specifically implemented by any of the following steps 203k10 to 203k17.
步骤203k10、若UE的高度值大于或等于第二高度门限值,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203k10: If the height value of the UE is greater than or equal to the second height threshold, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203k11、若UE的高度值小于第二高度门限值,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203k11: If the height value of the UE is less than the second height threshold, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
步骤203k12、若UE的高度值大于第二高度门限值,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203k12: If the height value of the UE is greater than the second height threshold, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203k13、若UE的高度值小于或等于第二高度门限值,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203k13: If the height value of the UE is less than or equal to the second height threshold, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
步骤203k14、若UE的高度值小于第二高度门限值,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203k14: If the height value of the UE is less than the second height threshold, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203k15、若UE的高度值大于或等于第二高度门限值,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203k15: If the height value of the UE is greater than or equal to the second height threshold, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
步骤203k16、若UE的高度值小于或等于第二高度门限值,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203k16: If the height value of the UE is less than or equal to the second height threshold, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203k17、若UE的高度值大于第二高度门限值,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203k17: If the height value of the UE is greater than the second height threshold, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
需要说明的是,对于UE是在UE的高度值大于(或等于)第二高度门限值时上报测量报告,还是在UE的高度值小于(或等于)第二高度门限值时上报测量报告,可以是协议约定的或者网络设备配置的。It should be noted that whether the UE reports the measurement report when the UE's height value is greater than (or equal to) the second height threshold, or reports the measurement report when the UE's height value is less than (or equal to) the second height threshold , It can be agreed by the protocol or configured by the network device.
可选地,本申请实施例中,在上述测量配置包括第一测量高度配置、且该第一测量高度配置包括第三高度偏移值的情况下,上述步骤203具体可以通过下述的步骤203m实现。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, in the case where the above measurement configuration includes a first measurement height configuration and the first measurement height configuration includes a third height offset value, the above step 203 may specifically pass the following step 203m achieve.
步骤203m、UE根据UE在第三预设时间段内的第四高度偏移值是否达到第三高度偏移值,确定是否上报测量报告。Step 203m: The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to whether the fourth height offset value of the UE in the third preset time period reaches the third height offset value.
需要说明的是,上述第四高度偏移值可以理解为在第三预设时间段内UE的高度的变化量。It should be noted that the foregoing fourth height offset value may be understood as the amount of change in the height of the UE in the third preset time period.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述步骤203m具体可以通过下述的步骤203m20至步骤203m27中的任一步骤实现。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the foregoing step 203m may be specifically implemented by any of the following steps 203m20 to 203m27.
步骤203m20、若第四高度偏移值大于或等于第三高度偏移值,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203m20: If the fourth height offset value is greater than or equal to the third height offset value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203m21、若第四高度偏移值小于第三高度偏移值,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203m21: If the fourth height offset value is less than the third height offset value, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
步骤203m22、若第四高度偏移值大于第三高度偏移值,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203m22: If the fourth height offset value is greater than the third height offset value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203m23、若第四高度偏移值小于或等于第三高度偏移值,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203m23: If the fourth height offset value is less than or equal to the third height offset value, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
步骤203m24、若第四高度偏移值小于第三高度偏移值,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203m24: If the fourth height offset value is less than the third height offset value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203m25、若第四高度偏移值大于或等于第三高度偏移值,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203m25: If the fourth height offset value is greater than or equal to the third height offset value, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
步骤203m26、若第四高度偏移值小于或等于第三高度偏移值,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203m26: If the fourth height offset value is less than or equal to the third height offset value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203m27、若第四高度偏移值大于第三高度偏移值,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203m27: If the fourth height offset value is greater than the third height offset value, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
需要说明的是,对于UE是在第四高度偏移值大于(或等于)第三高度偏移值时上报测量报告,还是在第四高度偏移值小于(或等于)第三高度偏移值时上报测量报告,可以是协议约定的或者网络设备配置的。It should be noted that whether the UE reports the measurement report when the fourth height offset value is greater than (or equal to) the third height offset value, or whether the fourth height offset value is less than (or equal to) the third height offset value The measurement report is reported at the time, which can be agreed by the protocol or configured by the network device.
可选地,本申请实施例中,在上述测量配置包括第一测量位置配置、且该第一测量位置配置包括第二位置值、以及该第二位置值指示第二地理位置范围的情况下,上述步骤203具体可以通过下述的步骤203n实现。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, in the case where the foregoing measurement configuration includes a first measurement location configuration, and the first measurement location configuration includes a second location value, and the second location value indicates a second geographic location range, The above step 203 can be specifically implemented by the following step 203n.
步骤203n、UE根据UE的地理位置值是否在第二地理位置范围内,确定是否上报测量报告。Step 203n: The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to whether the geographic location value of the UE is within the second geographic location range.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述步骤203n具体可以通过下述的步骤203n30至步骤203n33中的任一步骤实现。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the foregoing step 203n may be specifically implemented by any of the following steps 203n30 to 203n33.
步骤203n30、若UE的地理位置值在第二地理位置范围内,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203n30: If the geographic location value of the UE is within the second geographic location range, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203n31、若UE的地理位置值在第二地理位置范围外,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203n31: If the geographic location value of the UE is outside the second geographic location range, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
步骤203n32、若UE的地理位置值在第二地理位置范围外,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203n32: If the geographic location value of the UE is outside the second geographic location range, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203n33、若UE的地理位置值在第二地理位置范围内,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203n33: If the geographic location value of the UE is within the second geographic location range, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
需要说明的是,对于UE是在UE的地理位置值在第二地理位置范围内时上报测量报告,还是在UE的地理位置值在第二地理位置范围外时上报测量报告,可以是协议约定的或者网络设备配置的。It should be noted that whether the UE reports the measurement report when the UE's geographic location value is within the second geographic location range, or when the UE's geographic location value is outside the second geographic location range, may be agreed upon by agreement. Or network equipment configuration.
可选地,本申请实施例中,在上述测量配置包括第一测量位置配置、且该第一测量位置配置包括第二位置值、以及该第二位置值指示第三区域标识的情况下,上述步骤203具体可以通过下述的步骤203o实现。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, in the case where the above measurement configuration includes a first measurement position configuration, and the first measurement position configuration includes a second position value, and the second position value indicates a third area identifier, the above Step 203 can be specifically implemented by the following step 203o.
步骤203o、UE根据UE所在区域的第四区域标识是否与第三区域标识相同,确定是否上报测量报告。Step 203o: The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to whether the fourth area identifier of the area where the UE is located is the same as the third area identifier.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述步骤203o具体可以通过下述的步骤203o40至步骤203o43中的任一步骤实现。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the foregoing step 203o may be specifically implemented by any of the following steps 203o40 to 203o43.
步骤203o40、若第四区域标识与第三区域标识相同,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203o40: If the fourth area identifier is the same as the third area identifier, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203o41、若第四区域标识与第三区域标识不同,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203o41: If the fourth area identifier is different from the third area identifier, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
步骤203o42、若第四区域标识与第三区域标识不同,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203o42: If the fourth area identifier is different from the third area identifier, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203o43、若第四区域标识与第三区域标识相同,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203o43: If the fourth area identifier is the same as the third area identifier, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
需要说明的是,对于UE是在第四区域标识与第三区域标识相同时上报测量报告,还是在第四区域标识与第三区域标识不同时上报测量报告,可以是协议约定的或者网络设备配置的。It should be noted that whether the UE reports the measurement report when the fourth area identifier is the same as the third area identifier, or reports the measurement report when the fourth area identifier is different from the third area identifier, may be agreed upon by the protocol or configured by the network device of.
可选地,本申请实施例中,在上述测量配置包括第一测量位置配置、且该第一测量位置配置包括第二位置值、以及该第二位置值指示第三小区标识的情况下,上述步骤203具体可以通过下述的步骤203p实现。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, in the case where the foregoing measurement configuration includes a first measurement location configuration, and the first measurement location configuration includes a second location value, and the second location value indicates a third cell identity, the foregoing Step 203 can be specifically implemented by the following step 203p.
步骤203p、UE根据UE所在小区的第四小区标识是否与第三小区标识相同,确定是否上报测量报告。Step 203p: The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to whether the fourth cell identity of the cell where the UE is located is the same as the third cell identity.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述步骤203p具体可以通过下述的步骤203p50至步骤203p53中的任一步骤实现。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the foregoing step 203p may be specifically implemented by any of the following steps 203p50 to 203p53.
步骤203p50、若第四小区标识与第三小区标识相同,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203p50: If the fourth cell identifier is the same as the third cell identifier, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203p51、若第四小区标识与第三小区标识不同,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203p51: If the fourth cell identity is different from the third cell identity, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
步骤203p52、若第四小区标识与第三小区标识不同,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203p52: If the fourth cell identity is different from the third cell identity, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203p53、若第四小区标识与第三小区标识相同,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203p53: If the fourth cell identity is the same as the third cell identity, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
需要说明的是,对于UE是在第四小区标识与第三小区标识相同时上报测量报告,还是在第四小区标识与第三小区标识不同时上报测量报告,可以是协议约定的或者网络设备配置的。It should be noted that whether the UE reports the measurement report when the fourth cell identity is the same as the third cell identity, or reports the measurement report when the fourth cell identity is different from the third cell identity, can be agreed upon by the protocol or configured by the network device of.
可选地,本申请实施例中,在上述测量配置包括第一测量位置配置、且该第一测量位置配置包括第二位置值、以及该第二位置值指示第三RNA信息的情况下,上述步骤203具体可以通过下述的步骤203q实现。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, in the case where the above measurement configuration includes a first measurement position configuration, and the first measurement position configuration includes a second position value, and the second position value indicates third RNA information, the above Step 203 can be specifically implemented by the following step 203q.
步骤203q、UE根据UE对应的RNA的第四RNA信息是否与第三RNA信息相同,确定是否上报测量报告。Step 203q: The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to whether the fourth RNA information of the RNA corresponding to the UE is the same as the third RNA information.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述步骤203q具体可以通过下述的步骤203q60至步骤203q63中的任一步骤实现。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the foregoing step 203q may be specifically implemented by any of the following steps 203q60 to 203q63.
步骤203q60、若第四RNA信息与第三RNA信息相同,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203q60: If the fourth RNA information is the same as the third RNA information, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203q61、若第四RNA信息与第三RNA信息不同,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203q61: If the fourth RNA information is different from the third RNA information, the UE determines not to report the measurement report.
步骤203q62、若第四RNA信息与第三RNA信息不同,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203q62: If the fourth RNA information is different from the third RNA information, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203q63、若第四RNA信息与第三RNA信息相同,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203q63: If the fourth RNA information is the same as the third RNA information, the UE determines not to report the measurement report.
需要说明的是,对于UE是在第四RNA信息与第三RNA信息相同时上报测量报告,还是在第四RNA信息与第三RNA信息不同时上报测量报告,可以是协议约定的或者网络设备配置的。It should be noted that whether the UE reports the measurement report when the fourth RNA information is the same as the third RNA information, or reports the measurement report when the fourth RNA information is different from the third RNA information, can be agreed upon by the protocol or configured by the network device of.
可选地,本申请实施例中,在上述测量配置包括第一测量位置配置、且该第一测量位置配置包括第二位置值、以及该第二位置值指示第三TA标识的情况下,上述步骤203具体可以通过下述的步骤203r实现。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, in the case where the above measurement configuration includes a first measurement position configuration, and the first measurement position configuration includes a second position value, and the second position value indicates a third TA identifier, the above Step 203 can be specifically implemented by the following step 203r.
步骤203r、UE根据UE对应的TA的第四TA标识是否与第三TA标识相同,确定是否上报测量报告。Step 203r: The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to whether the fourth TA identifier of the TA corresponding to the UE is the same as the third TA identifier.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述步骤203r具体可以通过下述的步骤203r70至步骤203r73中的任一步骤实现。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the foregoing step 203r may be specifically implemented by any of the following steps 203r70 to 203r73.
步骤203r70、若第四TA标识与第三TA标识相同,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203r70: If the fourth TA identifier is the same as the third TA identifier, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203r71、若第四TA标识与第三TA标识不同,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203r71: If the fourth TA identifier is different from the third TA identifier, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
步骤203r72、若第四TA标识与第三TA标识不同,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203-72: If the fourth TA identifier is different from the third TA identifier, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203r73、若第四TA标识与第三TA标识相同,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203-73: If the fourth TA identifier is the same as the third TA identifier, the UE determines not to report the measurement report.
需要说明的是,对于UE是在第四TA标识与第三TA标识相同时上报测量报告,还是在第四TA标识与第三TA标识不同时上报测量报告,可以是协议约定的或者网络设备配置的。It should be noted that whether the UE reports the measurement report when the fourth TA identifier is the same as the third TA identifier, or reports the measurement report when the fourth TA identifier is different from the third TA identifier, may be agreed upon by the protocol or configured by the network device of.
可选地,本申请实施例中,在上述测量配置包括第一测量位置配置、且该第一测量位置配置包括第二位置偏移值的情况下,上述步骤203具体可以通过下述的步骤203s实现。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, in the case where the above-mentioned measurement configuration includes a first measurement position configuration and the first measurement position configuration includes a second position offset value, the above step 203 may specifically pass the following step 203s achieve.
步骤203s、UE根据UE在第四预设时间段内的第二移动距离是否达到第二位置偏移值,确定是否上报测量报告。Step 203s: The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to whether the second movement distance of the UE in the fourth preset time period reaches the second position offset value.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述步骤203s具体可以通过下述的步骤203s80至步骤203s87中的任一步骤实现。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the foregoing step 203s may be specifically implemented by any of the following steps 203s80 to 203s87.
步骤203s80、若第二移动距离大于或等于第二位置偏移值,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203s80: If the second moving distance is greater than or equal to the second position offset value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203s81、若第二移动距离小于第二位置偏移值,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203s81: If the second moving distance is less than the second position offset value, the UE determines not to report the measurement report.
步骤203s82、若第二移动距离大于第二位置偏移值,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203s82: If the second moving distance is greater than the second position offset value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203s83、若第二移动距离小于或等于第二位置偏移值,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203s83: If the second moving distance is less than or equal to the second position offset value, the UE determines not to report the measurement report.
步骤203s84、若第二移动距离小于第二位置偏移值,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203s84: If the second moving distance is less than the second position offset value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203s85、若第二移动距离大于或等于第二位置偏移值,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203s85: If the second moving distance is greater than or equal to the second position offset value, the UE determines not to report the measurement report.
步骤203s86、若第二移动距离小于或等于第二位置偏移值,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203s86: If the second moving distance is less than or equal to the second position offset value, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203s87、若第二移动距离大于第二位置偏移值,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203s87: If the second moving distance is greater than the second position offset value, the UE determines not to report the measurement report.
需要说明的是,对于UE是在第二移动距离大于(或等于)第二位置偏移值时上报测量报告,还是在第二移动距离小于(或等于)第二位置偏移值时上报测量报告,可以是协议约定的或者网络设备配置的。It should be noted that whether the UE reports the measurement report when the second movement distance is greater than (or equal to) the second position offset value, or reports the measurement report when the second movement distance is less than (or equal to) the second position offset value , It can be agreed by the protocol or configured by the network device.
可选地,本申请实施例中,在上述测量配置包括第一测量速度配置的情况下,上述步骤203具体可以通过下述的步骤203t实现。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, in the case where the above-mentioned measurement configuration includes the first measurement speed configuration, the above-mentioned step 203 may be specifically implemented by the following step 203t.
步骤203t、UE根据UE的速度值是否达到第一测量速度配置,确定是否上报测量报告。Step 203t: The UE determines whether to report a measurement report according to whether the speed value of the UE reaches the first measurement speed configuration.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述步骤203t具体可以通过下述的步骤203t90至步骤203t97中的任一步骤实现。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the foregoing step 203t may be specifically implemented by any of the following steps 203t90 to 203t97.
步骤203t90、若UE的速度值大于或等于第一测量速度配置,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203t90: If the speed value of the UE is greater than or equal to the first measurement speed configuration, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203t91、若UE的速度值小于第一测量速度配置,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203t91: If the speed value of the UE is less than the first measurement speed configuration, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
步骤203t92、若UE的速度值大于第一测量速度配置,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203t92: If the speed value of the UE is greater than the first measurement speed configuration, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203t93、若UE的速度值小于或等于第一测量速度配置,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203t93: If the speed value of the UE is less than or equal to the first measurement speed configuration, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
步骤203t94、若UE的速度值小于第一测量速度配置,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203t94: If the speed value of the UE is less than the first measurement speed configuration, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203t95、若UE的速度值大于或等于第一测量速度配置,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203t95: If the speed value of the UE is greater than or equal to the first measurement speed configuration, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
步骤203t96、若UE的速度值小于或等于第一测量速度配置,则UE确定上报测量报告。Step 203t96: If the speed value of the UE is less than or equal to the first measurement speed configuration, the UE determines to report a measurement report.
步骤203t97、若UE的速度值大于第一测量速度配置,则UE确定不上报测量报告。Step 203t97: If the speed value of the UE is greater than the first measurement speed configuration, the UE determines not to report a measurement report.
需要说明的是,对于UE是在UE的速度值大于(或等于)第一测量速度配置时上报测量报告,还是在UE的速度值小于(或等于)第一测量速度配置时上报测量报告,可以是协议约定的或者网络设备配置的。It should be noted that whether the UE reports a measurement report when the speed value of the UE is greater than (or equal to) the first measurement speed configuration, or whether the UE reports a measurement report when the speed value of the UE is less than (or equal to) the first measurement speed configuration. It is agreed upon by the protocol or configured by the network device.
可选地,本申请实施例中,在上述步骤201之前,本申请实施例提供的测量上报配置方法还可以包括下述的步骤204和步骤205。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, before the above step 201, the measurement report configuration method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include the following step 204 and step 205.
步骤204、网络设备向UE发送第一配置。Step 204: The network device sends the first configuration to the UE.
步骤205、UE接收网络设备发送的第一配置。Step 205: The UE receives the first configuration sent by the network device.
本申请实施例中,上述第一配置用于指示UE进行测量的测量条件,该第一配置包括为测量条件进行的以下至少一项配置:第三测量高度配置、第三测量位置配置以及第三测量速度配置。In the embodiment of the present application, the above-mentioned first configuration is used to instruct the UE to perform measurement measurement conditions, and the first configuration includes at least one of the following configurations for the measurement conditions: a third measurement height configuration, a third measurement location configuration, and a third configuration. Measurement speed configuration.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述第三测量高度配置包括第三高度门限值和/或第五高度偏移值,第三测量位置配置包括第三位置值和/或第三位置偏移值。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the foregoing third measurement height configuration includes a third height threshold value and/or a fifth height offset value, and the third measurement position configuration includes a third position value and/or a third position offset value. Shift value.
其中,上述第五高度偏移值为UE在第五预设时间段内的高度的变化门限值;上述第三位置值用于指示以下至少一项:第三地理位置范围、第五区域标识、第五小区标识、第五RNA信息以及第五TA标识;上述第三位置偏移值用于UE确定在第六预设时间段内UE的位置是否发生变化和/或UE的位置的变化值。Wherein, the fifth height offset value is the change threshold of the height of the UE in the fifth preset time period; the third position value is used to indicate at least one of the following: the third geographic location range, the fifth area identifier , The fifth cell identifier, the fifth RNA information, and the fifth TA identifier; the above-mentioned third position offset value is used by the UE to determine whether the position of the UE changes within the sixth preset time period and/or the change value of the position of the UE .
需要说明的是,上述第五小区标识可以用于指示第五小区对应的覆盖范围;上述第五RNA信息可以用于指示第五RNA对应的覆盖范围;上述第五TA标识可以用于指示第五TA对应的覆盖范围;上述第三高度门限值可以包括一个或多个高度门限值,上述第五高度偏移值可以包括一个或多个高度偏移值,上述第三位置值可以包括一个或多个位置值,上述第三位置偏移值可以包括一个或多个位置偏移值。It should be noted that the above-mentioned fifth cell identifier may be used to indicate the coverage area corresponding to the fifth cell; the above-mentioned fifth RNA information may be used to indicate the coverage area corresponding to the fifth RNA; the above-mentioned fifth TA identifier may be used to indicate the fifth cell Coverage range corresponding to TA; the third altitude threshold may include one or more altitude thresholds, the fifth altitude offset may include one or more altitude offsets, and the third position value may include one Or multiple position values, and the aforementioned third position offset value may include one or more position offset values.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述第三测量高度配置、第三测量位置配置以及第三测量速度配置是由协议约定的或网络设备配置的。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the foregoing third measurement height configuration, third measurement position configuration, and third measurement speed configuration are agreed upon by a protocol or configured by a network device.
需要说明的是,对于步骤204与步骤201的执行顺序,本申请实施例不作限制。在一种可能的实现方式中,可以先执行步骤204,再执行步骤201,即网络设备可以先发送第一配置,再发送测量配置;或者,在另一种可能的实现方式中,可以先执行步骤201,再 执行步骤204,即网络设备可以先发送测量配置,再发送第一配置;或者,在又一种可能的实现方式中,可以同时执行步骤201和步骤204,即网络设备可以同时发送测量配置和第一配置。It should be noted that the embodiment of the present application does not limit the execution sequence of step 204 and step 201. In a possible implementation manner, step 204 may be performed first, and then step 201 may be performed, that is, the network device may send the first configuration first, and then the measurement configuration; or, in another possible implementation manner, it may be performed first Step 201, then perform step 204, that is, the network device can send the measurement configuration first, and then send the first configuration; or, in another possible implementation manner, step 201 and step 204 can be performed at the same time, that is, the network device can send at the same time Measurement configuration and first configuration.
可选地,本申请实施例中,在上述步骤203之前:在上述第一配置包括第三测量高度配置的情况下,UE可以根据UE的高度信息是否满足第三测量高度配置,确定是否进行测量;和/或,在上述第一配置包括第三测量位置配置的情况下,UE可以根据UE的位置信息是否满足第三测量位置配置,确定是否进行测量;和/或,在上述第一配置包括第三测量速度配置的情况下UE可以根据UE的速度信息是否满足第三测量速度配置,确定是否进行测量。Optionally, in this embodiment of the application, before step 203: in the case where the first configuration includes the third measurement height configuration, the UE may determine whether to perform the measurement according to whether the height information of the UE meets the third measurement height configuration And/or, in the case where the first configuration includes the third measurement location configuration, the UE may determine whether to perform measurement according to whether the location information of the UE meets the third measurement location configuration; and/or, the first configuration includes In the case of the third measurement speed configuration, the UE may determine whether to perform measurement according to whether the speed information of the UE meets the third measurement speed configuration.
需要说明的是,当UE处于不同状态时,触发UE进行测量的门限值可能会不同,具体的门限值与UE当前状态的映射关系可以由网络设备进行配置或协议约定。It should be noted that when the UE is in a different state, the threshold that triggers the UE to perform measurement may be different, and the mapping relationship between the specific threshold and the current state of the UE may be configured by the network device or agreed upon by agreement.
可选地,本申请实施例中,在上述第一配置包括第三测量高度配置、且该第三测量高度配置包括第三高度门限值的情况下,在上述步骤203之前,本申请实施例提供的测量上报配置方法还可以包括下述的步骤301。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, in the case where the foregoing first configuration includes a third measurement height configuration, and the third measurement altitude configuration includes a third altitude threshold, before the foregoing step 203, the embodiment of the present application The provided measurement report configuration method may further include the following step 301.
步骤301、UE根据UE的高度值是否达到第三高度门限值,确定是否进行测量。Step 301: The UE determines whether to perform measurement according to whether the height value of the UE reaches the third height threshold.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述步骤301具体可以通过下述的步骤301a1至步骤301a8实现。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the foregoing step 301 may be specifically implemented through the following steps 301a1 to 301a8.
步骤301a1、若UE的高度值大于或等于第三高度门限值,则UE确定进行测量。Step 301a1. If the height of the UE is greater than or equal to the third height threshold, the UE determines to perform measurement.
步骤301a2、若UE的高度值小于第三高度门限值,则UE确定不进行测量。Step 301a2, if the height value of the UE is less than the third height threshold, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
步骤301a3、若UE的高度值大于第三高度门限值,则UE确定进行测量。Step 301a3: If the height value of the UE is greater than the third height threshold, the UE determines to perform the measurement.
步骤301a4、若UE的高度值小于或等于第三高度门限值,则UE确定不进行测量。Step 301a4: If the height value of the UE is less than or equal to the third height threshold, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
步骤301a5、若UE的高度值小于第三高度门限值,则UE确定进行测量。Step 301a5: If the height value of the UE is less than the third height threshold, the UE determines to perform the measurement.
步骤301a6、若UE的高度值大于或等于第三高度门限值,则UE确定不进行测量。Step 301a6: If the height value of the UE is greater than or equal to the third height threshold, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
步骤301a7、若UE的高度值小于或等于第三高度门限值,则UE确定进行测量。Step 301a7: If the height value of the UE is less than or equal to the third height threshold, the UE determines to perform the measurement.
步骤301a8、若UE的高度值大于第三高度门限值,则UE确定不进行测量。Step 301a8: If the height value of the UE is greater than the third height threshold, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
需要说明的是,对于UE是在UE的高度值大于(或等于)第三高度门限值时上报测量报告,还是在UE的高度值小于(或等于)第三高度门限值时上报测量报告,可以是协议约定的或者网络设备配置的。It should be noted that whether the UE reports a measurement report when the UE's altitude value is greater than (or equal to) the third altitude threshold, or when the UE's altitude value is less than (or equal to) the third altitude threshold , It can be agreed by the protocol or configured by the network device.
可选地,本申请实施例中,在上述第一配置包括第三测量高度配置、且该第三测量高度配置包括第五高度偏移值的情况下,在上述步骤203之前,本申请实施例提供的测量上报配置方法还可以包括下述的步骤302。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, in the case where the foregoing first configuration includes a third measurement height configuration, and the third measurement altitude configuration includes a fifth height offset value, before the foregoing step 203, the embodiment of the present application The provided measurement report configuration method may further include the following step 302.
步骤302、UE根据UE在第五预设时间段内的第六高度偏移值是否达到第五高度偏移值,确定是否进行测量。Step 302: The UE determines whether to perform measurement according to whether the sixth height offset value of the UE in the fifth preset time period reaches the fifth height offset value.
需要说明的是,上述第六高度偏移值可以理解为在第五预设时间段内UE的高度的变化量。It should be noted that the above-mentioned sixth height offset value may be understood as the amount of change in the height of the UE in the fifth preset time period.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述步骤302具体可以通过下述的步骤302b1至步骤302b8实现。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the foregoing step 302 may be specifically implemented through the following steps 302b1 to 302b8.
步骤302b1、若第六高度偏移值大于或等于第五高度偏移值,则UE确定进行测量。Step 302b1: If the sixth height offset value is greater than or equal to the fifth height offset value, the UE determines to perform the measurement.
步骤302b2、若第六高度偏移值小于第五高度偏移值,则UE确定不进行测量。Step 302b2. If the sixth height offset value is less than the fifth height offset value, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
步骤302b3、若第六高度偏移值大于第五高度偏移值,则UE确定进行测量。Step 302b3: If the sixth height offset value is greater than the fifth height offset value, the UE determines to perform the measurement.
步骤302b4、若第六高度偏移值小于或等于第五高度偏移值,则UE确定不进行测量。Step 302b4: If the sixth height offset value is less than or equal to the fifth height offset value, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
步骤302b5、若第六高度偏移值小于第五高度偏移值,则UE确定进行测量。Step 302b5: If the sixth height offset value is less than the fifth height offset value, the UE determines to perform the measurement.
步骤302b6、若第六高度偏移值大于或等于第五高度偏移值,则UE确定不进行测量。Step 302b6: If the sixth height offset value is greater than or equal to the fifth height offset value, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
步骤302b7、若第六高度偏移值小于或等于第五高度偏移值,则UE确定进行测量。Step 302b7: If the sixth height offset value is less than or equal to the fifth height offset value, the UE determines to perform the measurement.
步骤302b8、若第六高度偏移值大于第五高度偏移值,则UE确定不进行测量。Step 302b8: If the sixth height offset value is greater than the fifth height offset value, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
需要说明的是,对于UE是在第六高度偏移值大于(或等于)第五高度偏移值时上报测量报告,还是在第六高度偏移值小于(或等于)第五高度偏移值时上报测量报告,可以是协议约定的或者网络设备配置的。It should be noted that whether the UE reports the measurement report when the sixth height offset value is greater than (or equal to) the fifth height offset value, or whether the sixth height offset value is less than (or equal to) the fifth height offset value The measurement report is reported at the time, which can be agreed by the protocol or configured by the network device.
可选地,本申请实施例中,在上述第一配置包括第三测量位置配置、且该第三测量位置配置包括第三位置值、以及该第三位置值指示第三地理位置范围的情况下,在上述步骤 203之前,本申请实施例提供的测量上报配置方法还可以包括下述的步骤303。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, in the case where the foregoing first configuration includes a third measurement location configuration, and the third measurement location configuration includes a third location value, and the third location value indicates a third geographic location range Before the foregoing step 203, the measurement report configuration method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include the following step 303.
步骤303、UE根据UE的地理位置值是否在第三地理位置范围内,确定是否进行测量。Step 303: The UE determines whether to perform measurement according to whether the geographic location value of the UE is within the third geographic location range.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述步骤303具体可以通过下述的步骤303c1至步骤303c4实现。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the foregoing step 303 may be specifically implemented through the following steps 303c1 to 303c4.
步骤303c1、若UE的地理位置值在第三地理位置范围内,则UE确定进行测量。Step 303c1: If the geographic location value of the UE is within the third geographic location range, the UE determines to perform measurement.
步骤303c2、若UE的地理位置值在第三地理位置范围外,则UE确定不进行测量。Step 303c2. If the geographic location value of the UE is outside the third geographic location range, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
步骤303c3、若UE的地理位置值在第三地理位置范围外,则UE确定进行测量。Step 303c3: If the geographic location value of the UE is outside the third geographic location range, the UE determines to perform measurement.
步骤303c4、若UE的地理位置值在第三地理位置范围内,则UE确定不进行测量。Step 303c4: If the geographic location value of the UE is within the third geographic location range, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
需要说明的是,对于UE是在UE的地理位置值在第三地理位置范围内时上报测量报告,还是在UE的地理位置值在第三地理位置范围外时上报测量报告,可以是协议约定的或者网络设备配置的。It should be noted that whether the UE reports a measurement report when the UE's geographic location value is within the third geographic location, or when the UE's geographic location value is outside the third geographic location, may be agreed upon by agreement. Or network equipment configuration.
可选地,本申请实施例中,在上述第一配置包括第三测量位置配置、且该第三测量位置配置包括第三位置值、以及该第三位置值指示第五区域标识的情况下,在上述步骤203之前,本申请实施例提供的测量上报配置方法还可以包括下述的步骤304。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, in the case where the above-mentioned first configuration includes a third measurement position configuration, and the third measurement position configuration includes a third position value, and the third position value indicates a fifth area identifier, Before the foregoing step 203, the measurement report configuration method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include the following step 304.
步骤304、UE根据UE所在区域的第六区域标识是否与第五区域标识相同,确定是否进行测量。Step 304: The UE determines whether to perform measurement according to whether the sixth area identifier of the area where the UE is located is the same as the fifth area identifier.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述步骤304具体可以通过下述的步骤304d1至步骤304d4实现。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the foregoing step 304 may be specifically implemented through the following steps 304d1 to 304d4.
步骤304d1、若第六区域标识与第五区域标识相同,则UE确定进行测量。Step 304d1. If the sixth area identifier is the same as the fifth area identifier, the UE determines to perform measurement.
步骤304d2、若第六区域标识与第五区域标识不同,则UE确定不进行测量。Step 304d2. If the sixth area identifier is different from the fifth area identifier, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
步骤304d3、若第六区域标识与第五区域标识不同,则UE确定进行测量。Step 304d3: If the sixth area identifier is different from the fifth area identifier, the UE determines to perform measurement.
步骤304d4、若第六区域标识与第五区域标识相同,则UE确定不进行测量。Step 304d4: If the sixth area identifier is the same as the fifth area identifier, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
需要说明的是,对于UE是在第六区域标识与第五区域标识相同时上报测量报告,还是在第六区域标识与第五区域标识不同时上报测量报告,可以是协议约定的或者网络设备配置的。It should be noted that whether the UE reports the measurement report when the sixth area identifier is the same as the fifth area identifier, or reports the measurement report when the sixth area identifier and the fifth area identifier are different, may be agreed upon by the protocol or configured by the network device of.
可选地,本申请实施例中,在上述第一配置包括第三测量位置配置、且该第三测量位置配置包括第三位置值、以及该第三位置值指示第五小区标识的情况下,在上述步骤203之前,本申请实施例提供的测量上报配置方法还可以包括下述的步骤305。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, in the case where the above-mentioned first configuration includes a third measurement location configuration, and the third measurement location configuration includes a third location value, and the third location value indicates a fifth cell identity, Before the foregoing step 203, the measurement report configuration method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include the following step 305.
步骤305、UE根据UE所在小区的第六小区标识是否与第五小区标识相同,确定是否进行测量。Step 305: The UE determines whether to perform measurement according to whether the sixth cell identity of the cell where the UE is located is the same as the fifth cell identity.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述步骤305具体可以通过下述的步骤305e1至步骤305e4实现。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the foregoing step 305 may be specifically implemented through the following steps 305e1 to 305e4.
步骤305e1、若第六小区标识与第五小区标识相同,则UE确定进行测量。Step 305e1, if the sixth cell identifier is the same as the fifth cell identifier, the UE determines to perform measurement.
步骤305e2、若第六小区标识与第五小区标识不同,则UE确定不进行测量。Step 305e2, if the sixth cell identity is different from the fifth cell identity, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
步骤305e3、若第六小区标识与第五小区标识不同,则UE确定进行测量。Step 305e3: If the sixth cell identity is different from the fifth cell identity, the UE determines to perform measurement.
步骤305e4、若第六小区标识与第五小区标识相同,则UE确定不进行测量。Step 305e4: If the sixth cell identity is the same as the fifth cell identity, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
需要说明的是,对于UE是在第六小区标识与第五小区标识相同时上报测量报告,还是在第六小区标识与第五小区标识不同时上报测量报告,可以是协议约定的或者网络设备配置的。It should be noted that whether the UE reports the measurement report when the sixth cell identity is the same as the fifth cell identity, or reports the measurement report when the sixth cell identity and the fifth cell identity are different, may be agreed upon by the protocol or configured by the network device of.
可选地,本申请实施例中,在上述第一配置包括第三测量位置配置、且该第三测量位置配置包括第三位置值、以及该第三位置值指示第五RNA信息的情况下,在上述步骤203之前,本申请实施例提供的测量上报配置方法还可以包括下述的步骤306。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, in the case where the above-mentioned first configuration includes a third measurement position configuration, and the third measurement position configuration includes a third position value, and the third position value indicates fifth RNA information, Before the foregoing step 203, the measurement report configuration method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include the following step 306.
步骤306、UE根据UE对应的RNA的第六RNA信息是否与第五RNA信息相同,确定是否进行测量。Step 306: The UE determines whether to perform measurement according to whether the sixth RNA information of the RNA corresponding to the UE is the same as the fifth RNA information.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述步骤306具体可以通过下述的步骤306f1至步骤306f4实现。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the foregoing step 306 may be specifically implemented through the following steps 306f1 to 306f4.
步骤306f1、若第六RNA信息与第五RNA信息相同,则UE确定进行测量。Step 306f1. If the sixth RNA information is the same as the fifth RNA information, the UE determines to perform the measurement.
步骤306f2、若第六RNA信息与第五RNA信息不同,则UE确定不进行测量。Step 306f2, if the sixth RNA information is different from the fifth RNA information, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
步骤306f3、若第六RNA信息与第五RNA信息不同,则UE确定进行测量。Step 306f3: If the sixth RNA information is different from the fifth RNA information, the UE determines to perform the measurement.
步骤306f4、若第六RNA信息与第五RNA信息相同,则UE确定不进行测量。Step 306f4: If the sixth RNA information is the same as the fifth RNA information, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
需要说明的是,对于UE是在第六RNA信息与第五RNA信息相同时上报测量报告,还是在第六RNA信息与第五RNA信息不同时上报测量报告,可以是协议约定的或者网络设备配置的。It should be noted that whether the UE reports the measurement report when the sixth RNA information is the same as the fifth RNA information, or reports the measurement report when the sixth RNA information and the fifth RNA information are different, may be agreed upon by the protocol or configured by the network device of.
可选地,本申请实施例中,在上述第一配置包括第三测量位置配置、且该第三测量位置配置包括第三位置值、以及该第三位置值指示第五TA标识的情况下,在上述步骤203之前,本申请实施例提供的测量上报配置方法还可以包括下述的步骤307。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, in the case where the above-mentioned first configuration includes a third measurement position configuration, and the third measurement position configuration includes a third position value, and the third position value indicates a fifth TA identifier, Before the foregoing step 203, the measurement report configuration method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include the following step 307.
步骤307、UE根据UE对应的TA的第六TA标识是否与第五TA标识相同,确定是否进行测量。Step 307: The UE determines whether to perform measurement according to whether the sixth TA identifier of the TA corresponding to the UE is the same as the fifth TA identifier.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述步骤307具体可以通过下述的步骤307g1至步骤307g4实现。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the foregoing step 307 may be specifically implemented through the following steps 307g1 to 307g4.
步骤307g1、若第六TA标识与第五TA标识相同,则UE确定进行测量。Step 307g1: If the sixth TA identifier is the same as the fifth TA identifier, the UE determines to perform measurement.
步骤307g2、若第六TA标识与第五TA标识不同,则UE确定不进行测量。Step 307g2, if the sixth TA identifier is different from the fifth TA identifier, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
步骤307g3、若第六TA标识与第五TA标识不同,则UE确定进行测量。Step 307g3: If the sixth TA identifier is different from the fifth TA identifier, the UE determines to perform measurement.
步骤307g4、若第六TA标识与第五TA标识相同,则UE确定不进行测量。Step 307g4: If the sixth TA identifier is the same as the fifth TA identifier, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
需要说明的是,对于UE是在第六TA标识与第五TA标识相同时上报测量报告,还是在第六TA标识与第五TA标识不同时上报测量报告,可以是协议约定的或者网络设备配置的。It should be noted that whether the UE reports the measurement report when the sixth TA identifier is the same as the fifth TA identifier, or reports the measurement report when the sixth TA identifier and the fifth TA identifier are different, may be agreed upon by the protocol or configured by the network device of.
可选地,本申请实施例中,在上述第一配置包括第三测量位置配置、且该第三测量位置配置包括第三位置偏移值的情况下,在上述步骤203之前,本申请实施例提供的测量上报配置方法还可以包括下述的步骤308。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, in the case where the above-mentioned first configuration includes the third measurement position configuration and the third measurement position configuration includes the third position offset value, before the above step 203, the embodiment of the present application The provided measurement report configuration method may further include the following step 308.
步骤308、UE根据UE在第六预设时间段内的第三移动距离是否达到第三位置偏移值,确定是否进行测量。Step 308: The UE determines whether to perform measurement according to whether the third movement distance of the UE in the sixth preset time period reaches the third position offset value.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述步骤308具体可以通过下述的步骤308h1至步骤308h8实现。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the foregoing step 308 may be specifically implemented through the following steps 308h1 to 308h8.
步骤308h1、若第三移动距离大于或等于第三位置偏移值,则确定进行测量。Step 308h1: If the third moving distance is greater than or equal to the third position offset value, it is determined to perform the measurement.
步骤308h2、若第三移动距离小于第三位置偏移值,则UE确定不进行测量。Step 308h2, if the third moving distance is less than the third position offset value, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
步骤308h3、若第三移动距离大于第三位置偏移值,则UE确定进行测量。Step 308h3: If the third moving distance is greater than the third position offset value, the UE determines to perform measurement.
步骤308h4、若第三移动距离小于或等于第三位置偏移值,则UE确定不进行测量。Step 308h4: If the third moving distance is less than or equal to the third position offset value, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
步骤308h5、若第三移动距离小于第三位置偏移值,则UE确定进行测量。Step 308h5: If the third moving distance is less than the third position offset value, the UE determines to perform measurement.
步骤308h6、若第三移动距离大于或等于第三位置偏移值,则UE确定不进行测量。Step 308h6: If the third moving distance is greater than or equal to the third position offset value, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
步骤308h7、若第三移动距离小于或等于第三位置偏移值,则UE确定进行测量。Step 308h7: If the third moving distance is less than or equal to the third position offset value, the UE determines to perform measurement.
步骤308h8、若第三移动距离大于第三位置偏移值,则UE确定不进行测量。Step 308h8: If the third moving distance is greater than the third position offset value, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
需要说明的是,对于UE是在第三移动距离大于(或等于)第三位置偏移值时上报测量报告,还是在第三移动距离小于(或等于)第三位置偏移值时上报测量报告,可以是协议约定的或者网络设备配置的。It should be noted that whether the UE reports the measurement report when the third movement distance is greater than (or equal to) the third position offset value, or reports the measurement report when the third movement distance is less than (or equal to) the third position offset value , It can be agreed by the protocol or configured by the network device.
可选地,本申请实施例中,在上述第一配置包括第三测量速度配置的情况下,在上述步骤203之前,本申请实施例提供的测量上报配置方法还可以包括下述的步骤309。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, in the case where the foregoing first configuration includes the third measurement speed configuration, before the foregoing step 203, the measurement report configuration method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include the following step 309.
步骤309、UE根据UE的速度值是否达到第三测量速度配置,确定是否进行测量。Step 309: The UE determines whether to perform measurement according to whether the speed value of the UE reaches the third measurement speed configuration.
可选地,本申请实施例中,上述步骤309具体可以通过下述的步骤309i1至步骤309i8实现。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the foregoing step 309 may be specifically implemented through the following steps 309i1 to 309i8.
步骤309i1、若UE的速度值大于或等于第三测量速度配置,则UE确定进行测量。Step 309i1: If the speed value of the UE is greater than or equal to the third measurement speed configuration, the UE determines to perform the measurement.
步骤309i2、若UE的速度值小于第三测量速度配置,则UE确定不进行测量。Step 309i2, if the speed value of the UE is less than the third measurement speed configuration, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
步骤309i3、若UE的速度值大于第三测量速度配置,则UE确定进行测量。Step 309i3: If the speed value of the UE is greater than the third measurement speed configuration, the UE determines to perform the measurement.
步骤309i4、若UE的速度值小于或等于第三测量速度配置,则UE确定不进行测量。Step 309i4: If the speed value of the UE is less than or equal to the third measurement speed configuration, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
步骤309i5、若UE的速度值小于第三测量速度配置,则UE确定进行测量。Step 309i5: If the speed value of the UE is less than the third measurement speed configuration, the UE determines to perform the measurement.
步骤309i6、若UE的速度值大于或等于第三测量速度配置,则UE确定不进行测量。Step 309i6: If the speed value of the UE is greater than or equal to the third measurement speed configuration, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
步骤309i7、若UE的速度值小于或等于第三测量速度配置,则UE确定进行测量。Step 309i7: If the speed value of the UE is less than or equal to the third measurement speed configuration, the UE determines to perform the measurement.
步骤309i8、若UE的速度值大于第三测量速度配置,则UE确定不进行测量。Step 309i8: If the speed value of the UE is greater than the third measurement speed configuration, the UE determines not to perform measurement.
需要说明的是,对于UE是在UE的速度值大于(或等于)第三测量速度配置时上报 测量报告,还是在UE的速度值小于(或等于)第三测量速度配置时上报测量报告,可以是协议约定的或者网络设备配置的。It should be noted that whether the UE reports a measurement report when the UE's speed value is greater than (or equal to) the third measurement speed configuration, or when the UE's speed value is less than (or equal to) the third measurement speed configuration, you can It is agreed upon by the protocol or configured by the network device.
需要说明的是,上述第一预设时间段、第二预设时间段、第三预设时间段、第四预设时间段、第五预设时间段和第六预设时间段可以相同或者不同。It should be noted that the above-mentioned first preset time period, second preset time period, third preset time period, fourth preset time period, fifth preset time period, and sixth preset time period may be the same or different.
可以理解,在UE确定进行测量之后,UE可以根据测量配置,确定是否上报测量报告。It can be understood that after the UE determines to perform the measurement, the UE may determine whether to report a measurement report according to the measurement configuration.
下面结合具体的示例,对本申请实施例提供的UE确定是否进行测量的具体方法进行示例性的说明。In the following, in conjunction with specific examples, the specific method for UE to determine whether to perform measurement provided in the embodiments of the present application will be exemplarily described.
示例10:网络设备通过专用信令将测量配置下发给UE,该测量配置中包括以下至少一项:测量目标、测量报告配置、测量标识、测量量配置和测量间隙;当满足一定的测量条件时,UE可以根据测量配置进行测量,测量后得到的测量结果包括波束测量结果和/或小区测量结果;UE持续进行测量上报的评估,如果满足测量上报触发条件,UE可以将测量报告发送给网络设备。Example 10: The network device sends the measurement configuration to the UE through dedicated signaling. The measurement configuration includes at least one of the following: measurement target, measurement report configuration, measurement identifier, measurement quantity configuration, and measurement gap; when certain measurement conditions are met When the UE can perform measurement according to the measurement configuration, the measurement results obtained after the measurement include beam measurement results and/or cell measurement results; the UE continues to evaluate the measurement report, and if the measurement report trigger condition is met, the UE can send the measurement report to the network equipment.
其中,上述测量条件(以同频小区为例)可以为:当服务小区满足Srxlev>SIntraSearchP and Squal>SIntraSearchQ,且UE的高度值在X-D之间时,UE可以不执行同频邻小区的测量,否则UE执行同频邻小区的测量;当UE的高度值为X时,如果服务小区满足Srxlev>SIntraSearchP1 and Squal>SIntraSearchQ1,则UE可以不执行同频邻小区的测量,否则UE执行同频邻小区的测量;当UE的高度值为D时,如果服务小区满足Srxlev>SIntraSearchP2 and Squal>SIntraSearchQ2,则UE可以不执行同频邻小区的测量,否则UE执行同频邻小区的测量。Among them, the above measurement conditions (taking cells with the same frequency as an example) may be: when the serving cell satisfies Srxlev>SIntraSearchP and Squal>SIntraSearchQ, and the height value of the UE is between XD, the UE may not perform measurement on neighboring cells with the same frequency. Otherwise, the UE performs the measurement of the same-frequency neighboring cells; when the height value of the UE is X, if the serving cell satisfies Srxlev>SIntraSearchP1 and Squal>SIntraSearchQ1, the UE may not perform the measurement of the same-frequency neighboring cells, otherwise the UE performs the same-frequency neighboring cells When the height value of the UE is D, if the serving cell satisfies Srxlev>SIntraSearchP2 and Squal>SIntraSearchQ2, the UE may not perform the measurement of the same-frequency neighboring cells, otherwise the UE performs the measurement of the same-frequency neighboring cells.
其中,上述测量条件(以异频小区为例)可以为:当邻频点优先级等于或者低于本服务频点和RAT时,若服务小区满足Srxlev>SnonIntraSearchP and Squal>SnonIntraSearchQ,且UE的高度值在X-D之间,则UE可以不执行邻小区的测量,否则UE执行邻小区的测量;当UE的高度值为X时,若邻频点优先级等于或者低于本服务频点和RAT,如果服务小区满足Srxlev>SnonIntraSearchP1 and Squal>SnonIntraSearchQ1,则UE可以不执行邻小区的测量,否则UE执行邻小区的测量;当UE的高度值为D时,若邻频点优先级等于或者低于本服务频点和RAT,如果服务小区满足Srxlev>SnonIntraSearchP2 and  Squal>SnonIntraSearchQ2,则UE可以不执行邻小区的测量,否则UE执行邻小区的测量。Among them, the above measurement conditions (taking the inter-frequency cell as an example) may be: when the priority of the adjacent frequency point is equal to or lower than the serving frequency point and RAT, if the serving cell satisfies Srxlev>SnonIntraSearchP and Squal>SnonIntraSearchQ, and the height of the UE If the value is between XD, the UE may not perform the measurement of the neighboring cell, otherwise the UE will perform the measurement of the neighboring cell; when the height of the UE is X, if the priority of the neighboring frequency is equal to or lower than the serving frequency and RAT, If the serving cell satisfies Srxlev>SnonIntraSearchP1 and Squal>SnonIntraSearchQ1, the UE may not perform the measurement of the neighboring cell, otherwise the UE performs the measurement of the neighboring cell; when the height of the UE is D, if the priority of the neighboring frequency is equal to or lower than this Serving frequency and RAT, if the serving cell satisfies Srxlev>SnonIntraSearchP2 and Squal>SnonIntraSearchQ2, the UE may not perform the measurement of the neighboring cell, otherwise the UE will perform the measurement of the neighboring cell.
本申请实施例中,在UE的高度信息和/或位置信息满足不同条件时,UE可以确定是否进行测量。In the embodiment of the present application, when the height information and/or location information of the UE meet different conditions, the UE may determine whether to perform measurement.
图5示出了本申请实施例中涉及的UE的一种可能的结构示意图。如图5所示,本申请实施例提供的UE 50可以包括:接收模块51和确定模块52。FIG. 5 shows a schematic diagram of a possible structure of a UE involved in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 5, the UE 50 provided in the embodiment of the present application may include: a receiving module 51 and a determining module 52.
其中,接收模块51,用于接收网络设备发送的测量配置;其中,该测量配置用于指示UE的测量报告的上报条件,该测量配置包括为测量报告进行的以下至少一项配置:测量事件配置、第一测量高度配置、第一测量位置配置以及第一测量速度配置。确定模块52,用于根据接收模块51接收的测量配置,确定是否上报测量报告。Wherein, the receiving module 51 is configured to receive a measurement configuration sent by a network device; wherein, the measurement configuration is used to indicate the reporting condition of the measurement report of the UE, and the measurement configuration includes at least one of the following configurations for the measurement report: measurement event configuration , The first measurement height configuration, the first measurement position configuration, and the first measurement speed configuration. The determining module 52 is configured to determine whether to report a measurement report according to the measurement configuration received by the receiving module 51.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在上述测量配置包括测量事件配置的情况下,该测量事件配置包括为相应测量事件进行的以下至少一项配置:测量量配置、第二测量高度配置、第二测量位置配置以及第二测量速度配置。In a possible implementation manner, in the case where the above measurement configuration includes a measurement event configuration, the measurement event configuration includes at least one of the following configurations for the corresponding measurement event: measurement quantity configuration, second measurement height configuration, second The measurement position configuration and the second measurement speed configuration.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述测量量配置包括第一测量量变化值和第一测量量门限值,第二测量高度配置包括第一高度门限值和/或第一高度偏移值,第二测量位置配置包括第一位置值和/或第一位置偏移值;其中,第一高度偏移值为UE在第一预设时间段内的高度的变化门限值;第一位置值用于指示以下至少一项:第一地理位置范围、第一区域标识、第一小区标识、第一RNA信息以及第一TA标识;第一位置偏移值用于UE确定在第二预设时间段内UE的位置是否发生变化和/或UE的位置的变化值。In a possible implementation manner, the aforementioned measurement quantity configuration includes a first measurement quantity change value and a first measurement quantity threshold value, and the second measurement height configuration includes a first height threshold value and/or a first height offset value. , The second measurement position configuration includes the first position value and/or the first position offset value; wherein the first height offset value is the change threshold of the height of the UE in the first preset time period; the first position The value is used to indicate at least one of the following: the first geographic location range, the first area identifier, the first cell identifier, the first RNA information, and the first TA identifier; the first position offset value is used by the UE to determine the Whether the location of the UE changes during the time period and/or the change value of the location of the UE.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在上述测量事件配置包括测量量配置的情况下,上述确定模块52,具体用于根据UE的实际测量量是否达到第一数值,确定是否上报测量报告;其中,第一数值为第一测量量门限值与第一测量量变化值之和。In a possible implementation manner, in the case where the measurement event configuration includes the measurement quantity configuration, the determination module 52 is specifically configured to determine whether to report the measurement report according to whether the actual measurement quantity of the UE reaches the first value; wherein, The first value is the sum of the first measured quantity threshold value and the first measured quantity change value.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在上述测量事件配置包括第二测量高度配置、且第二测量高度配置包括第一高度门限值的情况下,上述确定模块52,具体用于根据UE的高度值是否达到第一高度门限值,确定是否上报测量报告。In a possible implementation manner, in the case where the measurement event configuration includes the second measurement height configuration, and the second measurement height configuration includes the first height threshold value, the determination module 52 is specifically configured to determine the height of the UE according to the height of the UE. Whether the value reaches the first altitude threshold value, it is determined whether to report the measurement report.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在上述测量事件配置包括第二测量高度配置、且第二测量高度配置包括第一高度偏移值的情况下,上述确定模块52,具体用于根据UE在第一预设 时间段内的第二高度偏移值是否达到第一高度偏移值,确定是否上报测量报告。In a possible implementation manner, in a case where the above measurement event configuration includes a second measurement height configuration and the second measurement height configuration includes a first height offset value, the above determination module 52 is specifically configured to determine whether the UE is in the first Whether the second height offset value in a preset time period reaches the first height offset value is determined whether to report the measurement report.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在上述测量事件配置包括第二测量位置配置、且第二测量位置配置包括第一位置值、以及第一位置值指示第一地理位置范围的情况下,上述确定模块52,具体用于根据UE的地理位置值是否在第一地理位置范围内,确定是否上报测量报告。In a possible implementation manner, in the case where the measurement event configuration includes the second measurement location configuration, and the second measurement location configuration includes the first location value, and the first location value indicates the first geographic location range, the determination is The module 52 is specifically configured to determine whether to report a measurement report according to whether the geographical position value of the UE is within the first geographical position range.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在上述测量事件配置包括第二测量位置配置、且第二测量位置配置包括第一位置值、以及第一位置值指示第一区域标识的情况下,上述确定模块52,具体用于根据UE所在区域的第二区域标识是否与第一区域标识相同,确定是否上报测量报告。In a possible implementation manner, in a case where the measurement event configuration includes a second measurement location configuration, and the second measurement location configuration includes a first location value, and the first location value indicates a first area identifier, the determination module 52. Specifically used to determine whether to report a measurement report according to whether the second area identifier of the area where the UE is located is the same as the first area identifier.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在测量事件配置包括第二测量位置配置、且第二测量位置配置包括第一位置值、以及第一位置值指示第一小区标识的情况下,上述确定模块52,具体用于根据UE所在小区的第二小区标识是否与第一小区标识相同,确定是否上报测量报告。In a possible implementation manner, in the case that the measurement event configuration includes the second measurement location configuration, and the second measurement location configuration includes the first location value, and the first location value indicates the first cell identity, the above determination module 52 , Which is specifically used to determine whether to report a measurement report according to whether the second cell identity of the cell where the UE is located is the same as the first cell identity.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在测量事件配置包括第二测量位置配置、且第二测量位置配置包括第一位置值、以及第一位置值指示第一RNA信息的情况下,上述确定模块52,具体用于根据UE对应的RNA的第二RNA信息是否与第一RNA信息相同,确定是否上报测量报告。In a possible implementation manner, in the case that the measurement event configuration includes the second measurement position configuration, and the second measurement position configuration includes the first position value, and the first position value indicates the first RNA information, the above determination module 52 , Specifically used to determine whether to report the measurement report according to whether the second RNA information of the RNA corresponding to the UE is the same as the first RNA information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在测量事件配置包括第二测量位置配置、且第二测量位置配置包括第一位置值、以及第一位置值指示第一TA标识的情况下,上述确定模块52,具体用于根据UE对应的TA的第二TA标识是否与第一TA标识相同,确定是否上报测量报告。In a possible implementation manner, in the case that the measurement event configuration includes the second measurement position configuration, and the second measurement position configuration includes the first position value, and the first position value indicates the first TA identifier, the above determination module 52 , Specifically used to determine whether to report the measurement report according to whether the second TA identifier of the TA corresponding to the UE is the same as the first TA identifier.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在测量事件配置包括第二测量位置配置、且第二测量位置配置包括第一位置偏移值的情况下,上述确定模块52,具体用于根据UE在第二预设时间段内的第一移动距离是否达到第一位置偏移值,确定是否上报测量报告。In a possible implementation manner, in the case that the measurement event configuration includes the second measurement position configuration, and the second measurement position configuration includes the first position offset value, the above determination module 52 is specifically configured to determine whether the UE is in the second Whether the first moving distance in the preset time period reaches the first position offset value, it is determined whether to report the measurement report.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在测量事件配置包括第二测量速度配置的情况下,上述确定模块52,具体用于根据UE的速度值是否达到第二测量速度配置,确定是否上报测量报 告。In a possible implementation manner, when the measurement event configuration includes the second measurement speed configuration, the above determination module 52 is specifically configured to determine whether to report the measurement report according to whether the speed value of the UE reaches the second measurement speed configuration.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述第一测量高度配置包括第二高度门限值和/或第三高度偏移值,第一测量位置配置包括第二位置值和/或第二位置偏移值;其中,第三高度偏移值为UE在第三预设时间段内的高度的变化门限值;第二位置值用于指示以下至少一项:第二地理位置范围、第三区域标识、第三小区标识、第三RNA信息以及第三TA标识;第二位置偏移值用于UE确定在第四预设时间段内UE的位置是否发生变化和/或UE的位置的变化值。In a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned first measurement height configuration includes a second height threshold value and/or a third height offset value, and the first measurement position configuration includes a second position value and/or a second position offset value. Value; where the third height offset value is the change threshold of the height of the UE in the third preset time period; the second position value is used to indicate at least one of the following: the second geographic location range, the third area identifier , The third cell identifier, the third RNA information, and the third TA identifier; the second location offset value is used by the UE to determine whether the location of the UE changes within the fourth preset time period and/or the change value of the location of the UE.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在上述测量配置包括第一测量高度配置、且第一测量高度配置包括第二高度门限值的情况下,上述确定模块52,具体用于根据UE的高度值是否达到第二高度门限值,确定是否上报测量报告。In a possible implementation manner, in a case where the above-mentioned measurement configuration includes a first measurement height configuration and the first measurement height configuration includes a second height threshold value, the above-mentioned determining module 52 is specifically configured to perform according to the height value of the UE. Whether the second altitude threshold is reached, determine whether to report the measurement report.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在上述测量配置包括第一测量高度配置、且第一测量高度配置包括第三高度偏移值的情况下,上述确定模块52,具体用于根据UE在第三预设时间段内的第四高度偏移值是否达到第三高度偏移值,确定是否上报测量报告。In a possible implementation manner, in a case where the above-mentioned measurement configuration includes a first measurement height configuration and the first measurement height configuration includes a third height offset value, the above-mentioned determining module 52 is specifically configured to determine whether the UE is in the third Whether the fourth height offset value in the preset time period reaches the third height offset value, it is determined whether to report the measurement report.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在上述测量配置包括第一测量位置配置、且第一测量位置配置包括第二位置值、以及第二位置值指示第二地理位置范围的情况下,上述确定模块52,具体用于根据UE的地理位置值是否在第二地理位置范围内,确定是否上报测量报告。In a possible implementation manner, in a case where the above-mentioned measurement configuration includes a first measurement position configuration, and the first measurement position configuration includes a second position value, and the second position value indicates a second geographic location range, the above determination module 52. Specifically used to determine whether to report a measurement report according to whether the geographic location value of the UE is within the second geographic location range.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在上述测量配置包括第一测量位置配置、且第一测量位置配置包括第二位置值、以及第二位置值指示第三区域标识的情况下,上述确定模块52,具体用于根据UE所在区域的第四区域标识是否与第三区域标识相同,确定是否上报测量报告。In a possible implementation manner, in a case where the above-mentioned measurement configuration includes a first measurement position configuration, and the first measurement position configuration includes a second position value, and the second position value indicates a third area identifier, the above determination module 52 , Specifically used to determine whether to report a measurement report according to whether the fourth area identifier of the area where the UE is located is the same as the third area identifier.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在上述测量配置包括第一测量位置配置、且第一测量位置配置包括第二位置值、以及第二位置值指示第三小区标识的情况下,上述确定模块52,具体用于根据UE所在小区的第四小区标识是否与第三小区标识相同,确定是否上报测量报告。In a possible implementation manner, in a case where the above-mentioned measurement configuration includes a first measurement position configuration, and the first measurement position configuration includes a second position value, and the second position value indicates a third cell identity, the above determination module 52 , Which is specifically used to determine whether to report a measurement report according to whether the fourth cell identity of the cell where the UE is located is the same as the third cell identity.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在上述测量配置包括第一测量位置配置、且第一测量位置配置包括第二位置值、以及第二位置值指示第三RNA信息的情况下,上述确定模块52, 具体用于根据UE对应的RNA的第四RNA信息是否与第三RNA信息相同,确定是否上报测量报告。In a possible implementation manner, in the case where the above-mentioned measurement configuration includes a first measurement position configuration, and the first measurement position configuration includes a second position value, and the second position value indicates the third RNA information, the above determination module 52 It is specifically used to determine whether to report the measurement report according to whether the fourth RNA information of the RNA corresponding to the UE is the same as the third RNA information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在上述测量配置包括第一测量位置配置、且第一测量位置配置包括第二位置值、以及第二位置值指示第三TA标识的情况下,上述确定模块52,具体用于根据UE对应的TA的第四TA标识是否与第三TA标识相同,确定是否上报测量报告。In a possible implementation manner, in a case where the above-mentioned measurement configuration includes a first measurement position configuration, and the first measurement position configuration includes a second position value, and the second position value indicates a third TA identifier, the above-mentioned determining module 52 , Specifically used to determine whether to report a measurement report according to whether the fourth TA identifier of the TA corresponding to the UE is the same as the third TA identifier.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在上述测量配置包括第一测量位置配置、且第一测量位置配置包括第二位置偏移值的情况下,上述确定模块52,具体用于根据UE在第四预设时间段内的第二移动距离是否达到第二位置偏移值,确定是否上报测量报告。In a possible implementation manner, in a case where the above-mentioned measurement configuration includes a first measurement position configuration, and the first measurement position configuration includes a second position offset value, the above-mentioned determining module 52 is specifically configured to determine whether the UE is in the fourth Whether the second moving distance in the preset time period reaches the second position offset value, it is determined whether to report the measurement report.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在上述测量配置包括第一测量速度配置的情况下,上述确定模块52,具体用于根据UE的速度值是否达到第一测量速度配置,确定是否上报测量报告。In a possible implementation manner, when the measurement configuration includes the first measurement speed configuration, the determination module 52 is specifically configured to determine whether to report the measurement report according to whether the speed value of the UE reaches the first measurement speed configuration.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述接收模块51,还用于接收网络设备发送的第一配置,该第一配置用于指示UE进行测量的测量条件,该第一配置包括为测量条件进行的以下至少一项配置:第三测量高度配置、第三测量位置配置以及第三测量速度配置。In a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned receiving module 51 is further configured to receive a first configuration sent by a network device. The first configuration is used to indicate a measurement condition for the UE to perform a measurement. The first configuration includes a measurement condition for the measurement condition. At least one of the following configurations: a third measurement height configuration, a third measurement position configuration, and a third measurement speed configuration.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述第三测量高度配置包括第三高度门限值和/或第五高度偏移值,第三测量位置配置包括第三位置值和/或第三位置偏移值;其中,第五高度偏移值为UE在第五预设时间段内的高度的变化门限值;第三位置值用于指示以下至少一项:第三地理位置范围、第五区域标识、第五小区标识、第五RNA信息以及第五TA标识;第三位置偏移值用于UE确定在第六预设时间段内UE的位置是否发生变化和/或UE的位置的变化值。In a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned third measurement height configuration includes a third height threshold value and/or a fifth height offset value, and the third measurement position configuration includes a third position value and/or a third position offset value. Wherein, the fifth height offset value is the change threshold of the height of the UE in the fifth preset time period; the third position value is used to indicate at least one of the following: the third geographic location range, the fifth area identifier , The fifth cell identifier, the fifth RNA information, and the fifth TA identifier; the third position offset value is used for the UE to determine whether the position of the UE changes and/or the change value of the position of the UE within the sixth preset time period.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在上述第一配置包括第三测量高度配置、且第三测量高度配置包括第三高度门限值的情况下,上述确定模块52,还用于在根据测量配置,确定是否上报测量报告之前,根据UE的高度值是否达到第三高度门限值,确定是否进行测量。In a possible implementation manner, in the case where the above-mentioned first configuration includes a third measurement height configuration and the third measurement height configuration includes a third height threshold value, the above-mentioned determining module 52 is further configured to , Before determining whether to report the measurement report, determine whether to perform the measurement according to whether the height value of the UE reaches the third height threshold.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在上述第一配置包括第三测量高度配置、且第三测量高度配置包括第五高度偏移值的情况下,上述确定模块52,还用于在根据测量配置,确定是否 上报测量报告之前,根据UE在第五预设时间段内的第六高度偏移值是否达到第五高度偏移值,确定是否进行测量。In a possible implementation manner, in the case where the first configuration includes the third measurement height configuration, and the third measurement height configuration includes the fifth height offset value, the determination module 52 is further configured to , Before determining whether to report the measurement report, determine whether to perform the measurement according to whether the sixth height offset value of the UE in the fifth preset time period reaches the fifth height offset value.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在上述第一配置包括第三测量位置配置、且第三测量位置配置包括第三位置值、以及第三位置值指示第三地理位置范围的情况下,上述确定模块52,还用于在根据测量配置,确定是否上报测量报告之前,根据UE的地理位置值是否在第三地理位置范围内,确定是否进行测量。In a possible implementation manner, in the case where the above-mentioned first configuration includes a third measurement position configuration, and the third measurement position configuration includes a third position value, and the third position value indicates a third geographic location range, the above determination The module 52 is further configured to determine whether to perform measurement according to whether the geographic location value of the UE is within the third geographic location range before determining whether to report the measurement report according to the measurement configuration.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在上述第一配置包括第三测量位置配置、且第三测量位置配置包括第三位置值、以及第三位置值指示第五区域标识的情况下,上述确定模块52,还用于在根据测量配置,确定是否上报测量报告之前,根据UE所在区域的第六区域标识是否与第五区域标识相同,确定是否进行测量。In a possible implementation manner, in a case where the first configuration includes a third measurement position configuration, and the third measurement position configuration includes a third position value, and the third position value indicates a fifth area identifier, the determination module 52. Before determining whether to report a measurement report according to the measurement configuration, determine whether to perform measurement according to whether the sixth area identifier of the area where the UE is located is the same as the fifth area identifier.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在上述第一配置包括第三测量位置配置、且第三测量位置配置包括第三位置值、以及第三位置值指示第五小区标识的情况下,上述确定模块52,还用于在根据测量配置,确定是否上报测量报告之前,根据UE所在小区的第六小区标识是否与第五小区标识相同,确定是否进行测量。In a possible implementation manner, in a case where the first configuration includes a third measurement location configuration, and the third measurement location configuration includes a third location value, and the third location value indicates a fifth cell identity, the determination module 52. Before determining whether to report a measurement report according to the measurement configuration, determine whether to perform measurement according to whether the sixth cell identity of the cell where the UE is located is the same as the fifth cell identity.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在上述第一配置包括第三测量位置配置、且第三测量位置配置包括第三位置值、以及第三位置值指示第五RNA信息的情况下,上述确定模块52,还用于在根据测量配置,确定是否上报测量报告之前,根据UE对应的RNA的第六RNA信息是否与第五RNA信息相同,确定是否进行测量。In a possible implementation manner, in a case where the first configuration includes a third measurement position configuration, and the third measurement position configuration includes a third position value, and the third position value indicates the fifth RNA information, the determination module 52. Before determining whether to report a measurement report according to the measurement configuration, determine whether to perform measurement according to whether the sixth RNA information of the RNA corresponding to the UE is the same as the fifth RNA information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在上述第一配置包括第三测量位置配置、且第三测量位置配置包括第三位置值、以及第三位置值指示第五TA标识的情况下,上述确定模块52,还用于在根据测量配置,确定是否上报测量报告之前,根据UE对应的TA的第六TA标识是否与第五TA标识相同,确定是否进行测量。In a possible implementation manner, in a case where the first configuration includes a third measurement position configuration, and the third measurement position configuration includes a third position value, and the third position value indicates a fifth TA identifier, the determination module 52. Before determining whether to report a measurement report according to the measurement configuration, determine whether to perform measurement according to whether the sixth TA identifier of the TA corresponding to the UE is the same as the fifth TA identifier.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在上述第一配置包括第三测量位置配置、且第三测量位置配置包括第三位置偏移值的情况下,上述确定模块52,还用于在根据测量配置,确定是否上报测量报告之前,根据UE在第六预设时间段内的第三移动距离是否达到第三位置偏移值,确定是否进行测量。In a possible implementation manner, in the case where the above-mentioned first configuration includes a third measurement position configuration and the third measurement position configuration includes a third position offset value, the above-mentioned determining module 52 is further configured to , Before determining whether to report the measurement report, determine whether to perform the measurement according to whether the third movement distance of the UE in the sixth preset time period reaches the third position offset value.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在上述第一配置包括第三测量速度配置的情况下,上述确定模块52,还用于在根据测量配置,确定是否上报测量报告之前,根据UE的速度值是否达到第三测量速度配置,确定是否进行测量。In a possible implementation manner, in the case where the above-mentioned first configuration includes the third measurement speed configuration, the above-mentioned determining module 52 is further configured to determine whether to report a measurement report according to the measurement configuration, according to whether the speed value of the UE is The third measurement speed configuration is reached, and it is determined whether to perform a measurement.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述测量报告可以包括以下至少一项:UE的实际测量量、UE的高度信息、UE的位置信息以及UE的速度信息。In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing measurement report may include at least one of the following: actual measurement amount of the UE, height information of the UE, location information of the UE, and speed information of the UE.
本申请实施例提供的UE能够实现上述方法实施例中UE实现的各个过程,为避免重复,具体描述此处不再赘述。The UE provided in the embodiments of the present application can implement the various processes implemented by the UE in the foregoing method embodiments. To avoid repetition, the specific description will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例提供一种UE,UE可以根据网络设备配置的测量配置(该测量配置用于指示UE的测量报告的上报条件),确定是否上报测量报告。由于UE可以根据网络设备配置的测量事件配置、第一测量高度配置、第一测量位置配置和/或第一测量速度配置,确定是否满足测量报告的上报条件,从而确定是否进行测量上报,而并非直接将测量得到的测量结果发送至网络设备,因此可以提高UE进行测量上报的灵活性。An embodiment of the present application provides a UE, and the UE can determine whether to report a measurement report according to a measurement configuration configured by a network device (the measurement configuration is used to indicate a reporting condition of a measurement report of the UE). Since the UE can determine whether the report conditions of the measurement report are met according to the measurement event configuration, the first measurement height configuration, the first measurement location configuration, and/or the first measurement speed configuration configured by the network device, so as to determine whether to perform the measurement report. The measurement result obtained by the measurement is directly sent to the network device, so that the flexibility of the UE for measurement reporting can be improved.
图6示出了本申请实施例中涉及的网络设备的一种可能的结构示意图。如图6所示,本申请实施例提供的网络设备60可以包括:发送模块61。FIG. 6 shows a schematic diagram of a possible structure of a network device involved in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 6, the network device 60 provided in the embodiment of the present application may include: a sending module 61.
其中,发送模块61,用于向UE发送测量配置;其中,该测量配置用于指示UE的测量报告的上报条件,该测量配置包括为测量报告进行的以下至少一项配置:测量事件配置、第一测量高度配置、第一测量位置配置以及第一测量速度配置。Wherein, the sending module 61 is configured to send a measurement configuration to the UE; where the measurement configuration is used to indicate the reporting condition of the UE's measurement report, and the measurement configuration includes at least one of the following configurations for the measurement report: measurement event configuration, first A measurement height configuration, a first measurement position configuration, and a first measurement speed configuration.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在上述测量配置包括测量事件配置的情况下,该测量事件配置包括为相应测量事件进行的以下至少一项配置:测量量配置、第二测量高度配置、第二测量位置配置以及第二测量速度配置。In a possible implementation manner, in the case where the above measurement configuration includes a measurement event configuration, the measurement event configuration includes at least one of the following configurations for the corresponding measurement event: measurement quantity configuration, second measurement height configuration, second The measurement position configuration and the second measurement speed configuration.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述测量量配置包括第一测量量变化值和第一测量量门限值,第二测量高度配置包括第一高度门限值和/或第一高度偏移值,第二测量位置配置包括第一位置值和/或第一位置偏移值;其中,第一高度偏移值为UE在第一预设时间段内的高度的变化门限值;第一位置值用于指示以下至少一项:第一地理位置范围、第一区域标识、第一小区标识、第一接入网通知区域RNA信息以及第一跟踪区TA标识;第一位置偏移值用于UE确定在第二预设时间段内UE的位置是否发生变化和/或UE的位置的变化值。In a possible implementation manner, the aforementioned measurement quantity configuration includes a first measurement quantity change value and a first measurement quantity threshold value, and the second measurement height configuration includes a first height threshold value and/or a first height offset value. , The second measurement position configuration includes the first position value and/or the first position offset value; wherein the first height offset value is the change threshold of the height of the UE in the first preset time period; the first position The value is used to indicate at least one of the following: the first geographic location range, the first area identifier, the first cell identifier, the RNA information of the first access network notification area, and the first tracking area TA identifier; the first position offset value is used for The UE determines whether the location of the UE changes and/or the change value of the location of the UE within the second preset time period.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述第一测量高度配置包括第二高度门限值和/或第三高度偏移值,第一测量位置配置包括第二位置值和/或第二位置偏移值;其中,第三高度偏移值为UE在第三预设时间段内的高度的变化门限值;第二位置值用于指示以下至少一项:第二地理位置范围、第三区域标识、第三小区标识、第三RNA信息以及第三TA标识;第二位置偏移值用于UE确定在第四预设时间段内UE的位置是否发生变化和/或UE的位置的变化值。In a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned first measurement height configuration includes a second height threshold value and/or a third height offset value, and the first measurement position configuration includes a second position value and/or a second position offset value. Value; where the third height offset value is the change threshold of the height of the UE in the third preset time period; the second position value is used to indicate at least one of the following: the second geographic location range, the third area identifier , The third cell identifier, the third RNA information, and the third TA identifier; the second location offset value is used by the UE to determine whether the location of the UE changes within the fourth preset time period and/or the change value of the location of the UE.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述发送模块61,还用于向UE发送第一配置,该第一配置用于指示UE进行测量的测量条件,该第一配置包括为测量条件进行的以下至少一项配置:第三测量高度配置、第三测量位置配置以及第三测量速度配置。In a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned sending module 61 is further configured to send a first configuration to the UE, the first configuration is used to instruct the UE to perform measurement measurement conditions, and the first configuration includes at least the following for the measurement conditions: One configuration: the third measurement altitude configuration, the third measurement location configuration, and the third measurement speed configuration.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述第三测量高度配置包括第三高度门限值和/或第五高度偏移值,第三测量位置配置包括第三位置值和/或第三位置偏移值;其中,第五高度偏移值为UE在第五预设时间段内的高度的变化门限值;第三位置值用于指示以下至少一项:第三地理位置范围、第五区域标识、第五小区标识、第五RNA信息以及第五TA标识;第三位置偏移值用于UE确定在第六预设时间段内UE的位置是否发生变化和/或UE的位置的变化值。In a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned third measurement height configuration includes a third height threshold value and/or a fifth height offset value, and the third measurement position configuration includes a third position value and/or a third position offset value. Wherein, the fifth height offset value is the change threshold of the height of the UE in the fifth preset time period; the third position value is used to indicate at least one of the following: the third geographic location range, the fifth area identifier , The fifth cell identifier, the fifth RNA information, and the fifth TA identifier; the third position offset value is used for the UE to determine whether the position of the UE changes and/or the change value of the position of the UE within the sixth preset time period.
本申请实施例提供的网络设备能够实现上述方法实施例中网络设备实现的各个过程,为避免重复,具体描述此处不再赘述。The network device provided by the embodiment of the present application can implement each process implemented by the network device in the foregoing method embodiment. To avoid repetition, the specific description will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例提供一种网络设备,网络设备可以向UE发送测量配置(该测量配置用于指示UE的测量报告的上报条件),以使得UE可以根据该测量配置,确定是否上报测量报告。由于UE可以根据网络设备发送的测量事件配置、第一测量高度配置、第一测量位置配置和/或第一测量速度配置,确定是否满足测量报告的上报条件,从而确定是否进行测量上报,而并非直接将测量得到的测量结果发送至网络设备,因此可以提高UE进行测量上报的灵活性。The embodiments of the present application provide a network device that can send a measurement configuration (the measurement configuration is used to indicate the reporting condition of the UE's measurement report) to the UE, so that the UE can determine whether to report the measurement report according to the measurement configuration. Since the UE can determine whether the reporting conditions of the measurement report are met according to the measurement event configuration, the first measurement height configuration, the first measurement location configuration, and/or the first measurement speed configuration sent by the network device, and thereby determine whether to perform the measurement report, rather than The measurement result obtained by the measurement is directly sent to the network device, so that the flexibility of the UE for measurement reporting can be improved.
图7示出了本申请实施例提供的一种UE的硬件示意图。如图7所示,该UE 110包括但不限于:射频单元111、网络模块112、音频输出单元113、输入单元114、传感器115、显示单元116、用户输入单元117、接口单元118、存储器119、处理器120、以及电源121 等部件。Fig. 7 shows a hardware schematic diagram of a UE provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 7, the UE 110 includes but is not limited to: a radio frequency unit 111, a network module 112, an audio output unit 113, an input unit 114, a sensor 115, a display unit 116, a user input unit 117, an interface unit 118, a memory 119, The processor 120, and the power supply 121 and other components.
需要说明的是,本领域技术人员可以理解,图7中示出的UE结构并不构成对UE的限定,UE可以包括比图7所示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。示例性的,在本申请实施例中,UE包括但不限于手机、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、车载终端、可穿戴设备、以及计步器等。It should be noted that those skilled in the art can understand that the structure of the UE shown in FIG. 7 does not constitute a limitation on the UE, and the UE may include more or less components than those shown in FIG. 7, or some components may be combined. Or different component arrangements. Exemplarily, in the embodiment of the present application, the UE includes, but is not limited to, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a notebook computer, a palmtop computer, a vehicle-mounted terminal, a wearable device, and a pedometer.
其中,射频单元111,用于接收网络设备发送的测量配置;其中,该测量配置用于指示UE的测量报告的上报条件,该测量配置包括为测量报告进行的以下至少一项配置:测量事件配置、第一测量高度配置、第一测量位置配置以及第一测量速度配置。Wherein, the radio frequency unit 111 is configured to receive a measurement configuration sent by a network device; wherein, the measurement configuration is used to indicate the reporting condition of the UE's measurement report, and the measurement configuration includes at least one of the following configurations for the measurement report: measurement event configuration , The first measurement height configuration, the first measurement position configuration, and the first measurement speed configuration.
处理器120,用于根据射频单元111接收的测量配置,确定是否上报测量报告。The processor 120 is configured to determine whether to report a measurement report according to the measurement configuration received by the radio frequency unit 111.
本申请实施例提供一种UE,UE可以根据网络设备配置的测量配置(该测量配置用于指示UE的测量报告的上报条件),确定是否上报测量报告。由于UE可以根据网络设备配置的测量事件配置、第一测量高度配置、第一测量位置配置和/或第一测量速度配置,确定是否满足测量报告的上报条件,从而确定是否进行测量上报,而并非直接将测量得到的测量结果发送至网络设备,因此可以提高UE进行测量上报的灵活性。An embodiment of the present application provides a UE, and the UE can determine whether to report a measurement report according to a measurement configuration configured by a network device (the measurement configuration is used to indicate a reporting condition of a measurement report of the UE). Since the UE can determine whether the report conditions of the measurement report are met according to the measurement event configuration, the first measurement height configuration, the first measurement location configuration, and/or the first measurement speed configuration configured by the network device, so as to determine whether to perform the measurement report. The measurement result obtained by the measurement is directly sent to the network device, so that the flexibility of the UE for measurement reporting can be improved.
应理解的是,本申请实施例中,射频单元111可用于收发信息或通话过程中,信号的接收和发送,具体的,将来自基站的下行数据接收后,给处理器120处理;另外,将上行的数据发送给基站。通常,射频单元111包括但不限于天线、至少一个放大器、收发信机、耦合器、低噪声放大器、双工器等。此外,射频单元111还可以通过无线通信系统与网络和其他设备通信。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the radio frequency unit 111 can be used for receiving and sending signals in the process of sending and receiving information or talking. Specifically, the downlink data from the base station is received and processed by the processor 120; in addition, Uplink data is sent to the base station. Generally, the radio frequency unit 111 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a low noise amplifier, a duplexer, and the like. In addition, the radio frequency unit 111 can also communicate with the network and other devices through a wireless communication system.
UE通过网络模块112为用户提供了无线的宽带互联网访问,如帮助用户收发电子邮件、浏览网页和访问流式媒体等。The UE provides users with wireless broadband Internet access through the network module 112, such as helping users to send and receive emails, browse web pages, and access streaming media.
音频输出单元113可以将射频单元111或网络模块112接收的或者在存储器119中存储的音频数据转换成音频信号并且输出为声音。而且,音频输出单元113还可以提供与UE110执行的特定功能相关的音频输出(例如,呼叫信号接收声音、消息接收声音等等)。音频输出单元113包括扬声器、蜂鸣器以及受话器等。The audio output unit 113 may convert the audio data received by the radio frequency unit 111 or the network module 112 or stored in the memory 119 into an audio signal and output it as sound. Moreover, the audio output unit 113 may also provide audio output related to a specific function performed by the UE 110 (for example, call signal reception sound, message reception sound, etc.). The audio output unit 113 includes a speaker, a buzzer, a receiver, and the like.
输入单元114用于接收音频或视频信号。输入单元114可以包括图形处理器(graphics  processing unit,GPU)1141和麦克风1142,图形处理器1141对在视频捕获模式或图像捕获模式中由图像捕获装置(如摄像头)获得的静态图片或视频的图像数据进行处理。处理后的图像帧可以显示在显示单元116上。经图形处理器1141处理后的图像帧可以存储在存储器119(或其它存储介质)中或者经由射频单元111或网络模块112进行发送。麦克风1142可以接收声音,并且能够将这样的声音处理为音频数据。处理后的音频数据可以在电话通话模式的情况下转换为可经由射频单元111发送到移动通信基站的格式输出。The input unit 114 is used to receive audio or video signals. The input unit 114 may include a graphics processing unit (GPU) 1141 and a microphone 1142. The graphics processing unit 1141 is configured to monitor still pictures or video images obtained by an image capture device (such as a camera) in a video capture mode or an image capture mode. The data is processed. The processed image frame can be displayed on the display unit 116. The image frame processed by the graphics processor 1141 may be stored in the memory 119 (or other storage medium) or sent via the radio frequency unit 111 or the network module 112. The microphone 1142 can receive sound, and can process such sound into audio data. The processed audio data can be converted into a format that can be sent to the mobile communication base station via the radio frequency unit 111 for output in the case of a telephone call mode.
UE 110还包括至少一种传感器115,比如光传感器、运动传感器以及其他传感器。具体地,光传感器包括环境光传感器及接近传感器,其中,环境光传感器可根据环境光线的明暗来调节显示面板1161的亮度,接近传感器可在UE 110移动到耳边时,关闭显示面板1161和/或背光。作为运动传感器的一种,加速计传感器可检测各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小,静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向,可用于识别UE姿态(比如横竖屏切换、相关游戏、磁力计姿态校准)、振动识别相关功能(比如计步器、敲击)等;传感器115还可以包括指纹传感器、压力传感器、虹膜传感器、分子传感器、陀螺仪、气压计、湿度计、温度计、红外线传感器等,在此不再赘述。The UE 110 also includes at least one sensor 115, such as a light sensor, a motion sensor, and other sensors. Specifically, the light sensor includes an ambient light sensor and a proximity sensor. The ambient light sensor can adjust the brightness of the display panel 1161 according to the brightness of the ambient light. The proximity sensor can close the display panel 1161 and/or when the UE 110 moves to the ear. Or backlight. As a kind of motion sensor, the accelerometer sensor can detect the magnitude of acceleration in various directions (usually three-axis), and can detect the magnitude and direction of gravity when stationary, and can be used to identify UE posture (such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, related games, Magnetometer attitude calibration), vibration recognition related functions (such as pedometer, tap), etc.; sensor 115 can also include fingerprint sensors, pressure sensors, iris sensors, molecular sensors, gyroscopes, barometers, hygrometers, thermometers, infrared Sensors, etc., will not be repeated here.
显示单元116用于显示由用户输入的信息或提供给用户的信息。显示单元116可包括显示面板1161,可以采用液晶显示器(liquid crystal display,LCD)、有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode,OLED)等形式来配置显示面板1161。The display unit 116 is used to display information input by the user or information provided to the user. The display unit 116 may include a display panel 1161, and the display panel 1161 may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), or the like.
用户输入单元117可用于接收输入的数字或字符信息,以及产生与UE的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。具体地,用户输入单元117包括触控面板1171以及其他输入设备1172。触控面板1171,也称为触摸屏,可收集用户在其上或附近的触摸操作(比如用户使用手指、触笔等任何适合的物体或附件在触控面板1171上或在触控面板1171附近的操作)。触控面板1171可包括触摸检测装置和触摸控制器两个部分。其中,触摸检测装置检测用户的触摸方位,并检测触摸操作带来的信号,将信号传送给触摸控制器;触摸控制器从触摸检测装置上接收触摸信息,并将它转换成触点坐标,再送给处理器120,接收处理器120发来的命令并加以执行。此外,可以采用电阻式、电容式、红外线以及表面声波等多种类型实现触控面板1171。除了触控面板1171,用户输入单元117还可以包 括其他输入设备1172。具体地,其他输入设备1172可以包括但不限于物理键盘、功能键(比如音量控制按键、开关按键等)、轨迹球、鼠标、操作杆,在此不再赘述。The user input unit 117 may be used to receive inputted numeric or character information, and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the UE. Specifically, the user input unit 117 includes a touch panel 1171 and other input devices 1172. The touch panel 1171, also called a touch screen, can collect user touch operations on or near it (for example, the user uses any suitable objects or accessories such as fingers, stylus, etc.) on the touch panel 1171 or near the touch panel 1171. operating). The touch panel 1171 may include two parts: a touch detection device and a touch controller. Among them, the touch detection device detects the user's touch position, detects the signal brought by the touch operation, and transmits the signal to the touch controller; the touch controller receives the touch information from the touch detection device, converts it into contact coordinates, and then sends it To the processor 120, the command sent by the processor 120 is received and executed. In addition, the touch panel 1171 can be implemented in multiple types such as resistive, capacitive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave. In addition to the touch panel 1171, the user input unit 117 may also include other input devices 1172. Specifically, other input devices 1172 may include, but are not limited to, a physical keyboard, function keys (such as volume control buttons, switch buttons, etc.), trackball, mouse, and joystick, which will not be repeated here.
进一步的,触控面板1171可覆盖在显示面板1161上,当触控面板1171检测到在其上或附近的触摸操作后,传送给处理器120以确定触摸事件的类型,随后处理器120根据触摸事件的类型在显示面板1161上提供相应的视觉输出。虽然在图7中,触控面板1171与显示面板1161是作为两个独立的部件来实现UE的输入和输出功能,但是在某些实施例中,可以将触控面板1171与显示面板1161集成而实现UE的输入和输出功能,具体此处不做限定。Further, the touch panel 1171 can be overlaid on the display panel 1161. When the touch panel 1171 detects a touch operation on or near it, it transmits it to the processor 120 to determine the type of the touch event, and then the processor 120 responds to the touch The type of event provides corresponding visual output on the display panel 1161. Although in FIG. 7, the touch panel 1171 and the display panel 1161 are used as two independent components to implement the input and output functions of the UE, in some embodiments, the touch panel 1171 and the display panel 1161 can be integrated. Realize the input and output functions of the UE, which are not specifically limited here.
接口单元118为外部装置与UE 110连接的接口。例如,外部装置可以包括有线或无线头戴式耳机端口、外部电源(或电池充电器)端口、有线或无线数据端口、存储卡端口、用于连接具有识别模块的装置的端口、音频输入/输出(I/O)端口、视频I/O端口、耳机端口等等。接口单元118可以用于接收来自外部装置的输入(例如,数据信息、电力等等)并且将接收到的输入传输到UE 110内的一个或多个元件或者可以用于在UE 110和外部装置之间传输数据。The interface unit 118 is an interface for connecting an external device with the UE 110. For example, the external device may include a wired or wireless headset port, an external power source (or battery charger) port, a wired or wireless data port, a memory card port, a port for connecting a device with an identification module, audio input/output (I/O) port, video I/O port, headphone port, etc. The interface unit 118 can be used to receive input (for example, data information, power, etc.) from an external device and transmit the received input to one or more elements in the UE 110 or can be used to communicate between the UE 110 and the external device. Transfer data between.
存储器119可用于存储软件程序以及各种数据。存储器119可主要包括存储程序区和存储数据区,其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能、图像播放功能等)等;存储数据区可存储根据手机的使用所创建的数据(比如音频数据、电话本等)等。此外,存储器119可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器件、闪存器件、或其他易失性固态存储器件。The memory 119 can be used to store software programs and various data. The memory 119 may mainly include a program storage area and a data storage area. The program storage area may store an operating system, an application program required by at least one function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.), etc.; Data created by the use of mobile phones (such as audio data, phone book, etc.), etc. In addition, the memory 119 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, a flash memory device, or other volatile solid-state storage devices.
处理器120是UE的控制中心,利用各种接口和线路连接整个UE的各个部分,通过运行或执行存储在存储器119内的软件程序和/或模块,以及调用存储在存储器119内的数据,执行UE的各种功能和处理数据,从而对UE进行整体监控。处理器120可包括一个或多个处理单元;可选地,处理器120可集成应用处理器和调制解调处理器,其中,应用处理器主要处理操作系统、用户界面和应用程序等,调制解调处理器主要处理无线通信。可以理解的是,上述调制解调处理器也可以不集成到处理器120中。The processor 120 is the control center of the UE. It uses various interfaces and lines to connect various parts of the entire UE. It executes by running or executing software programs and/or modules stored in the memory 119 and calling data stored in the memory 119. Various functions and processing data of the UE, so as to monitor the UE as a whole. The processor 120 may include one or more processing units; optionally, the processor 120 may integrate an application processor and a modem processor, where the application processor mainly processes the operating system, user interface, and application programs, etc. The adjustment processor mainly deals with wireless communication. It can be understood that the foregoing modem processor may not be integrated into the processor 120.
UE 110还可以包括给各个部件供电的电源121(比如电池),可选地,电源121可以 通过电源管理系统与处理器120逻辑相连,从而通过电源管理系统实现管理充电、放电、以及功耗管理等功能。The UE 110 may also include a power source 121 (such as a battery) for supplying power to various components. Optionally, the power source 121 may be logically connected to the processor 120 through a power management system, so as to manage charging, discharging, and power consumption management through the power management system. And other functions.
另外,UE 110包括一些未示出的功能模块,在此不再赘述。In addition, the UE 110 includes some functional modules that are not shown, which will not be repeated here.
可选地,本申请实施例还提供一种UE,包括如图7所示的处理器120,存储器119,存储在存储器119上并可在所述处理器120上运行的计算机程序,该计算机程序被处理器120执行时实现上述方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。Optionally, an embodiment of the present application further provides a UE, including a processor 120 as shown in FIG. 7, a memory 119, a computer program stored in the memory 119 and running on the processor 120, the computer program When executed by the processor 120, each process of the foregoing method embodiment is realized, and the same technical effect can be achieved. To avoid repetition, details are not described herein again.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质上存储有计算机程序,该计算机程序被如图7所示的处理器120执行时实现上述方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。其中,所述的计算机可读存储介质,如只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by the processor 120 as shown in FIG. 7, each process of the foregoing method embodiment is implemented, And can achieve the same technical effect, in order to avoid repetition, I will not repeat them here. Wherein, the computer-readable storage medium, such as read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk, etc.
图8示出了本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的硬件示意图。如图8所示,该网络设备130包括:处理器131、收发机132、存储器133、用户接口134和总线接口135。FIG. 8 shows a schematic diagram of hardware of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 8, the network device 130 includes a processor 131, a transceiver 132, a memory 133, a user interface 134, and a bus interface 135.
收发机132,用于向UE发送测量配置;其中,该测量配置用于指示UE的测量报告的上报条件,该测量配置包括为测量报告进行的以下至少一项配置:测量事件配置、第一测量高度配置、第一测量位置配置以及第一测量速度配置。The transceiver 132 is configured to send a measurement configuration to the UE; wherein the measurement configuration is used to indicate the reporting condition of the measurement report of the UE, and the measurement configuration includes at least one of the following configurations for the measurement report: measurement event configuration, first measurement Height configuration, first measurement position configuration, and first measurement speed configuration.
本申请实施例提供一种网络设备,网络设备可以向UE发送测量配置(该测量配置用于指示UE的测量报告的上报条件),以使得UE可以根据该测量配置,确定是否上报测量报告。由于UE可以根据网络设备发送的测量事件配置、第一测量高度配置、第一测量位置配置和/或第一测量速度配置,确定是否满足测量报告的上报条件,从而确定是否进行测量上报,而并非直接将测量得到的测量结果发送至网络设备,因此可以提高UE进行测量上报的灵活性。The embodiments of the present application provide a network device that can send a measurement configuration (the measurement configuration is used to indicate the reporting condition of the UE's measurement report) to the UE, so that the UE can determine whether to report the measurement report according to the measurement configuration. Since the UE can determine whether the reporting conditions of the measurement report are met according to the measurement event configuration, the first measurement height configuration, the first measurement location configuration, and/or the first measurement speed configuration sent by the network device, and thereby determine whether to perform the measurement report, rather than The measurement result obtained by the measurement is directly sent to the network device, so that the flexibility of the UE for measurement reporting can be improved.
其中,处理器131可以负责管理总线架构和通常的处理,处理器131可以用于读取和执行存储器133中的程序以实现处理功能以及对网络设备130的控制。存储器133可以存储处理器131在执行操作时所使用的数据。处理器131和存储器133可以是集成在一起的, 也可以是独立设置的。The processor 131 may be responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the processor 131 may be used to read and execute programs in the memory 133 to implement processing functions and control the network device 130. The memory 133 may store data used by the processor 131 when performing operations. The processor 131 and the memory 133 may be integrated, or may be independently provided.
本申请实施例中,网络设备130还可以包括:存储在存储器133上并可在处理器131上运行的计算机程序,该计算机程序被处理器131执行时实现本申请实施例提供的方法的步骤。In the embodiment of the present application, the network device 130 may further include: a computer program stored in the memory 133 and running on the processor 131, and when the computer program is executed by the processor 131, the steps of the method provided in the embodiment of the present application are implemented.
在图8中,总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥,具体由处理器131代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器133代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起,这些都是本领域所公知的,因此,本申请实施例不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口135提供接口。收发机132可以是多个元件,即包括发送机和接收机,提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元。针对不同的UE,用户接口134还可以是能够外接内接需要设备的接口,连接的设备包括但不限于小键盘、显示器、扬声器、麦克风、操纵杆等。In FIG. 8, the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges. Specifically, one or more processors represented by the processor 131 and various circuits of the memory represented by the memory 133 are linked together. The bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, power management circuits, etc., which are all known in the art. Therefore, the embodiments of the present application will not further describe them. . The bus interface 135 provides an interface. The transceiver 132 may be a plurality of elements, that is, including a transmitter and a receiver, and provide a unit for communicating with various other devices on the transmission medium. For different UEs, the user interface 134 may also be an interface capable of connecting externally and internally with required equipment. The connected equipment includes but not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, and the like.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质上存储有计算机程序,该计算机程序被如图8所示的处理器131执行时实现上述方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。其中,所述的计算机可读存储介质,如ROM、RAM、磁碟或者光盘等。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by the processor 131 as shown in FIG. 8, each process of the foregoing method embodiment is implemented, And can achieve the same technical effect, in order to avoid repetition, I will not repeat them here. Wherein, the computer-readable storage medium, such as ROM, RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk, etc.
需要说明的是,在本文中,术语“包括”、“包含”或者其任何其他变体意在涵盖非排他性的包含,从而使得包括一系列要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置不仅包括那些要素,而且还包括没有明确列出的其他要素,或者是还包括为这种过程、方法、物品或者装置所固有的要素。在没有更多限制的情况下,由语句“包括一个……”限定的要素,并不排除在包括该要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置中还存在另外的相同要素。It should be noted that in this article, the terms "include", "include" or any other variants thereof are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusion, so that a process, method, article or device including a series of elements not only includes those elements, It also includes other elements not explicitly listed, or elements inherent to the process, method, article, or device. If there are no more restrictions, the element defined by the sentence "including a..." does not exclude the existence of other identical elements in the process, method, article, or device that includes the element.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,本领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到上述实施例方法可借助软件加必需的通用硬件平台的方式来实现,当然也可以通过硬件,但很多情况下前者是更佳的实施方式。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对相关技术做出贡献的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质(如ROM/RAM、磁碟、光盘)中,包括若干指令用以使得一台终端(可以是手机,计算机,服务器,空调器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述的方法。Through the description of the above implementation manners, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that the above-mentioned embodiment method can be implemented by means of software plus the necessary general hardware platform, of course, it can also be implemented by hardware, but in many cases the former is better.的实施方式。 Based on this understanding, the technical solution of this application essentially or the part that contributes to the related technology can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium (such as ROM/RAM, magnetic disk, optical disk) ) Includes a number of instructions to enable a terminal (which may be a mobile phone, a computer, a server, an air conditioner, or a network device, etc.) to execute the method described in each embodiment of the present application.
上面结合附图对本申请的实施例进行了描述,但是本申请并不局限于上述的具体实施方式,上述的具体实施方式仅仅是示意性的,而不是限制性的,本领域的普通技术人员在本申请的启示下,在不脱离本申请宗旨和权利要求所保护的范围情况下,还可做出很多形式,均属于本申请的保护之内。The embodiments of the application are described above with reference to the accompanying drawings, but the application is not limited to the above-mentioned specific embodiments. The above-mentioned specific embodiments are only illustrative and not restrictive. Those of ordinary skill in the art are Under the enlightenment of this application, many forms can be made without departing from the purpose of this application and the scope of protection of the claims, all of which fall within the protection of this application.

Claims (47)

  1. 一种测量上报配置方法,应用于用户设备UE,所述方法包括:A measurement report configuration method is applied to user equipment UE, and the method includes:
    接收网络设备发送的测量配置;其中,所述测量配置用于指示所述UE的测量报告的上报条件,所述测量配置包括为所述测量报告进行的以下至少一项配置:测量事件配置、第一测量高度配置、第一测量位置配置以及第一测量速度配置;Receiving a measurement configuration sent by a network device; wherein the measurement configuration is used to indicate the reporting condition of the UE's measurement report, and the measurement configuration includes at least one of the following configurations for the measurement report: measurement event configuration, first A measurement height configuration, a first measurement position configuration, and a first measurement speed configuration;
    根据所述测量配置,确定是否上报所述测量报告。According to the measurement configuration, it is determined whether to report the measurement report.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,在所述测量配置包括所述测量事件配置的情况下,所述测量事件配置包括为相应测量事件进行的以下至少一项配置:测量量配置、第二测量高度配置、第二测量位置配置以及第二测量速度配置。The method according to claim 1, wherein, in the case that the measurement configuration includes the measurement event configuration, the measurement event configuration includes at least one of the following configurations for the corresponding measurement event: measurement quantity configuration, second Measurement height configuration, second measurement position configuration, and second measurement speed configuration.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中,所述测量量配置包括第一测量量变化值和第一测量量门限值,所述第二测量高度配置包括第一高度门限值和/或第一高度偏移值,所述第二测量位置配置包括第一位置值和/或第一位置偏移值;The method according to claim 2, wherein the measurement quantity configuration includes a first measurement quantity change value and a first measurement quantity threshold value, and the second measurement height configuration includes a first height threshold value and/or a first measurement quantity threshold value. A height offset value, and the second measurement position configuration includes a first position value and/or a first position offset value;
    其中,所述第一高度偏移值为所述UE在第一预设时间段内的高度的变化门限值;所述第一位置值用于指示以下至少一项:第一地理位置范围、第一区域标识、第一小区标识、第一接入网通知区域RNA信息以及第一跟踪区TA标识;所述第一位置偏移值用于所述UE确定在第二预设时间段内所述UE的位置是否发生变化和/或所述UE的位置的变化值。Wherein, the first height offset value is the change threshold of the height of the UE in the first preset time period; the first position value is used to indicate at least one of the following: a first geographic location range, The first area identifier, the first cell identifier, the RNA information of the first access network notification area, and the first tracking area TA identifier; the first location offset value is used by the UE to determine the location within the second preset time period. Whether the location of the UE changes and/or the change value of the location of the UE.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其中,在所述测量事件配置包括所述测量量配置的情况下,所述根据所述测量配置,确定是否上报所述测量报告,包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein, in the case that the measurement event configuration includes the measurement quantity configuration, the determining whether to report the measurement report according to the measurement configuration comprises:
    根据所述UE的实际测量量是否达到第一数值,确定是否上报所述测量报告;Determine whether to report the measurement report according to whether the actual measurement amount of the UE reaches the first value;
    其中,所述第一数值为所述第一测量量门限值与所述第一测量量变化值之和。Wherein, the first value is the sum of the first measurement value threshold value and the first measurement value change value.
  5. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其中,在所述测量事件配置包括所述第二测量高度配置、且所述第二测量高度配置包括所述第一高度门限值的情况下,所述根据所述测量配置,确定是否上报所述测量报告,包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein, in the case that the measurement event configuration includes the second measurement height configuration, and the second measurement height configuration includes the first height threshold value, the The measurement configuration, determining whether to report the measurement report, includes:
    根据所述UE的高度值是否达到所述第一高度门限值,确定是否上报所述测量报告。Determine whether to report the measurement report according to whether the height value of the UE reaches the first height threshold value.
  6. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其中,在所述测量事件配置包括所述第二测量高 度配置、且所述第二测量高度配置包括所述第一高度偏移值的情况下,所述根据所述测量配置,确定是否上报所述测量报告,包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein, in the case that the measurement event configuration includes the second measurement height configuration, and the second measurement height configuration includes the first height offset value, the The measurement configuration, determining whether to report the measurement report, includes:
    根据所述UE在所述第一预设时间段内的第二高度偏移值是否达到所述第一高度偏移值,确定是否上报所述测量报告。Determine whether to report the measurement report according to whether the second height offset value of the UE in the first preset time period reaches the first height offset value.
  7. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其中,在所述测量事件配置包括所述第二测量位置配置、且所述第二测量位置配置包括所述第一位置值、以及所述第一位置值指示所述第一地理位置范围的情况下,所述根据所述测量配置,确定是否上报所述测量报告,包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein the measurement event configuration includes the second measurement position configuration, and the second measurement position configuration includes the first position value and the first position value indication In the case of the first geographic location range, the determining whether to report the measurement report according to the measurement configuration includes:
    根据所述UE的地理位置值是否在所述第一地理位置范围内,确定是否上报所述测量报告。Determine whether to report the measurement report according to whether the geographical position value of the UE is within the first geographical position range.
  8. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其中,在所述测量事件配置包括所述第二测量位置配置、且所述第二测量位置配置包括所述第一位置值、以及所述第一位置值指示所述第一区域标识的情况下,所述根据所述测量配置,确定是否上报所述测量报告,包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein the measurement event configuration includes the second measurement position configuration, and the second measurement position configuration includes the first position value and the first position value indication In the case of the first area identifier, the determining whether to report the measurement report according to the measurement configuration includes:
    根据所述UE所在区域的第二区域标识是否与所述第一区域标识相同,确定是否上报所述测量报告。Determine whether to report the measurement report according to whether the second area identifier of the area where the UE is located is the same as the first area identifier.
  9. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其中,在所述测量事件配置包括所述第二测量位置配置、且所述第二测量位置配置包括所述第一位置值、以及所述第一位置值指示所述第一小区标识的情况下,所述根据所述测量配置,确定是否上报所述测量报告,包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein the measurement event configuration includes the second measurement position configuration, and the second measurement position configuration includes the first position value and the first position value indication In the case of the first cell identity, the determining whether to report the measurement report according to the measurement configuration includes:
    根据所述UE所在小区的第二小区标识是否与所述第一小区标识相同,确定是否上报所述测量报告。Determine whether to report the measurement report according to whether the second cell identity of the cell where the UE is located is the same as the first cell identity.
  10. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其中,在所述测量事件配置包括所述第二测量位置配置、且所述第二测量位置配置包括所述第一位置值、以及所述第一位置值指示所述第一RNA信息的情况下,所述根据所述测量配置,确定是否上报所述测量报告,包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein the measurement event configuration includes the second measurement position configuration, and the second measurement position configuration includes the first position value and the first position value indication In the case of the first RNA information, the determining whether to report the measurement report according to the measurement configuration includes:
    根据所述UE对应的RNA的第二RNA信息是否与所述第一RNA信息相同,确定 是否上报所述测量报告。Determine whether to report the measurement report according to whether the second RNA information of the RNA corresponding to the UE is the same as the first RNA information.
  11. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其中,在所述测量事件配置包括所述第二测量位置配置、且所述第二测量位置配置包括所述第一位置值、以及所述第一位置值指示所述第一TA标识的情况下,所述根据所述测量配置,确定是否上报所述测量报告,包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein the measurement event configuration includes the second measurement position configuration, and the second measurement position configuration includes the first position value and the first position value indication In the case of the first TA identifier, the determining whether to report the measurement report according to the measurement configuration includes:
    根据所述UE对应的TA的第二TA标识是否与所述第一TA标识相同,确定是否上报所述测量报告。Determine whether to report the measurement report according to whether the second TA identifier of the TA corresponding to the UE is the same as the first TA identifier.
  12. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其中,在所述测量事件配置包括所述第二测量位置配置、且所述第二测量位置配置包括所述第一位置偏移值的情况下,所述根据所述测量配置,确定是否上报所述测量报告,包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein, in the case where the measurement event configuration includes the second measurement position configuration, and the second measurement position configuration includes the first position offset value, the The measurement configuration, determining whether to report the measurement report, includes:
    根据所述UE在所述第二预设时间段内的第一移动距离是否达到所述第一位置偏移值,确定是否上报所述测量报告。Determine whether to report the measurement report according to whether the first moving distance of the UE in the second preset time period reaches the first position offset value.
  13. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中,在所述测量事件配置包括所述第二测量速度配置的情况下,所述根据所述测量配置,确定是否上报所述测量报告,包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein, in the case that the measurement event configuration includes the second measurement speed configuration, the determining whether to report the measurement report according to the measurement configuration comprises:
    根据所述UE的速度值是否达到所述第二测量速度配置,确定是否上报所述测量报告。Determine whether to report the measurement report according to whether the speed value of the UE reaches the second measurement speed configuration.
  14. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述第一测量高度配置包括第二高度门限值和/或第三高度偏移值,所述第一测量位置配置包括第二位置值和/或第二位置偏移值;The method according to claim 1, wherein the first measurement height configuration includes a second height threshold value and/or a third height offset value, and the first measurement position configuration includes a second position value and/or The second position offset value;
    其中,所述第三高度偏移值为所述UE在第三预设时间段内的高度的变化门限值;所述第二位置值用于指示以下至少一项:第二地理位置范围、第三区域标识、第三小区标识、第三RNA信息以及第三TA标识;所述第二位置偏移值用于所述UE确定在第四预设时间段内所述UE的位置是否发生变化和/或所述UE的位置的变化值。Wherein, the third height offset value is the change threshold of the height of the UE in the third preset time period; the second position value is used to indicate at least one of the following: a second geographic location range, The third area identifier, the third cell identifier, the third RNA information, and the third TA identifier; the second location offset value is used by the UE to determine whether the location of the UE has changed within the fourth preset time period And/or the change value of the location of the UE.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其中,在所述测量配置包括所述第一测量高度配置、且所述第一测量高度配置包括所述第二高度门限值的情况下,所述根据所述测量配置,确定是否上报所述测量报告,包括:The method according to claim 14, wherein, in the case that the measurement configuration includes the first measurement height configuration and the first measurement height configuration includes the second height threshold value, the The measurement configuration and determining whether to report the measurement report includes:
    根据所述UE的高度值是否达到所述第二高度门限值,确定是否上报所述测量报 告。Determine whether to report the measurement report according to whether the height value of the UE reaches the second height threshold.
  16. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其中,在所述测量配置包括所述第一测量高度配置、且所述第一测量高度配置包括所述第三高度偏移值的情况下,所述根据所述测量配置,确定是否上报所述测量报告,包括:The method according to claim 14, wherein, in the case where the measurement configuration includes the first measurement height configuration, and the first measurement height configuration includes the third height offset value, the The measurement configuration and determining whether to report the measurement report includes:
    根据所述UE在所述第三预设时间段内的第四高度偏移值是否达到所述第三高度偏移值,确定是否上报所述测量报告。Determine whether to report the measurement report according to whether the fourth height offset value of the UE in the third preset time period reaches the third height offset value.
  17. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其中,在所述测量配置包括所述第一测量位置配置、且所述第一测量位置配置包括所述第二位置值、以及所述第二位置值指示所述第二地理位置范围的情况下,所述根据所述测量配置,确定是否上报所述测量报告,包括:The method according to claim 14, wherein the measurement configuration includes the first measurement position configuration, and the first measurement position configuration includes the second position value, and the second position value indicates the In the case of the second geographic location range, the determining whether to report the measurement report according to the measurement configuration includes:
    根据所述UE的地理位置值是否在所述第二地理位置范围内,确定是否上报所述测量报告。Determine whether to report the measurement report according to whether the geographical position value of the UE is within the second geographical position range.
  18. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其中,在所述测量配置包括所述第一测量位置配置、且所述第一测量位置配置包括所述第二位置值、以及所述第二位置值指示所述第三区域标识的情况下,所述根据所述测量配置,确定是否上报所述测量报告,包括:The method according to claim 14, wherein the measurement configuration includes the first measurement position configuration, and the first measurement position configuration includes the second position value, and the second position value indicates the In the case of the third area identifier, the determining whether to report the measurement report according to the measurement configuration includes:
    根据所述UE所在区域的第四区域标识是否与所述第三区域标识相同,确定是否上报所述测量报告。Determine whether to report the measurement report according to whether the fourth area identifier of the area where the UE is located is the same as the third area identifier.
  19. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其中,在所述测量配置包括所述第一测量位置配置、且所述第一测量位置配置包括所述第二位置值、以及所述第二位置值指示所述第三小区标识的情况下,所述根据所述测量配置,确定是否上报所述测量报告,包括:The method according to claim 14, wherein the measurement configuration includes the first measurement position configuration, and the first measurement position configuration includes the second position value, and the second position value indicates the In the case of the third cell identity, the determining whether to report the measurement report according to the measurement configuration includes:
    根据所述UE所在小区的第四小区标识是否与所述第三小区标识相同,确定是否上报所述测量报告。Determine whether to report the measurement report according to whether the fourth cell identity of the cell where the UE is located is the same as the third cell identity.
  20. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其中,在所述测量配置包括所述第一测量位置配置、且所述第一测量位置配置包括所述第二位置值、以及所述第二位置值指示所述第三RNA信息的情况下,所述根据所述测量配置,确定是否上报所述测量报告,包括:The method according to claim 14, wherein the measurement configuration includes the first measurement position configuration, and the first measurement position configuration includes the second position value, and the second position value indicates the In the case of the third RNA information, the determining whether to report the measurement report according to the measurement configuration includes:
    根据所述UE对应的RNA的第四RNA信息是否与所述第三RNA信息相同,确定是否上报所述测量报告。Determine whether to report the measurement report according to whether the fourth RNA information of the RNA corresponding to the UE is the same as the third RNA information.
  21. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其中,在所述测量配置包括所述第一测量位置配置、且所述第一测量位置配置包括所述第二位置值、以及所述第二位置值指示所述第三TA标识的情况下,所述根据所述测量配置,确定是否上报所述测量报告,包括:The method according to claim 14, wherein the measurement configuration includes the first measurement position configuration, and the first measurement position configuration includes the second position value, and the second position value indicates the In the case of the third TA identifier, the determining whether to report the measurement report according to the measurement configuration includes:
    根据所述UE对应的TA的第四TA标识是否与所述第三TA标识相同,确定是否上报所述测量报告。Determine whether to report the measurement report according to whether the fourth TA identifier of the TA corresponding to the UE is the same as the third TA identifier.
  22. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其中,在所述测量配置包括所述第一测量位置配置、且所述第一测量位置配置包括所述第二位置偏移值的情况下,所述根据所述测量配置,确定是否上报所述测量报告,包括:The method according to claim 14, wherein, in the case where the measurement configuration includes the first measurement position configuration and the first measurement position configuration includes the second position offset value, the The measurement configuration and determining whether to report the measurement report includes:
    根据所述UE在所述第四预设时间段内的第二移动距离是否达到所述第二位置偏移值,确定是否上报所述测量报告。Determine whether to report the measurement report according to whether the second moving distance of the UE in the fourth preset time period reaches the second position offset value.
  23. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,在所述测量配置包括所述第一测量速度配置的情况下,所述根据所述测量配置,确定是否上报所述测量报告,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein, in the case that the measurement configuration includes the first measurement speed configuration, the determining whether to report the measurement report according to the measurement configuration comprises:
    根据所述UE的速度值是否达到所述第一测量速度配置,确定是否上报所述测量报告。Determine whether to report the measurement report according to whether the speed value of the UE reaches the first measurement speed configuration.
  24. 根据权利要求1至23中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 23, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收所述网络设备发送的第一配置,所述第一配置用于指示所述UE进行测量的测量条件,所述第一配置包括为所述测量条件进行的以下至少一项配置:第三测量高度配置、第三测量位置配置以及第三测量速度配置。Receive a first configuration sent by the network device, where the first configuration is used to indicate a measurement condition for the UE to perform measurement, and the first configuration includes at least one of the following configurations for the measurement condition: third measurement Height configuration, third measurement position configuration, and third measurement speed configuration.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其中,所述第三测量高度配置包括第三高度门限值和/或第五高度偏移值,所述第三测量位置配置包括第三位置值和/或第三位置偏移值;The method according to claim 24, wherein the third measurement height configuration includes a third height threshold value and/or a fifth height offset value, and the third measurement position configuration includes a third position value and/or The third position offset value;
    其中,所述第五高度偏移值为所述UE在第五预设时间段内的高度的变化门限值;所述第三位置值用于指示以下至少一项:第三地理位置范围、第五区域标识、第五小区标识、第五RNA信息以及第五TA标识;所述第三位置偏移值用于所述UE确定在第六预设时间段内所述UE的位置是否发生变化和/或所述UE的位置的变化值。Wherein, the fifth height offset value is the change threshold of the height of the UE in the fifth preset time period; the third position value is used to indicate at least one of the following: a third geographic location range, The fifth area identifier, the fifth cell identifier, the fifth RNA information, and the fifth TA identifier; the third position offset value is used by the UE to determine whether the position of the UE has changed within the sixth preset time period And/or the change value of the location of the UE.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其中,在所述第一配置包括所述第三测量高度配置、且所述第三测量高度配置包括所述第三高度门限值的情况下,所述根据所述测 量配置,确定是否上报所述测量报告之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 25, wherein, in a case where the first configuration includes the third measurement height configuration, and the third measurement height configuration includes the third height threshold value, the Before the measurement configuration determines whether to report the measurement report, the method further includes:
    根据所述UE的高度值是否达到所述第三高度门限值,确定是否进行测量。Determine whether to perform measurement according to whether the height value of the UE reaches the third height threshold value.
  27. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其中,在所述第一配置包括所述第三测量高度配置、且所述第三测量高度配置包括所述第五高度偏移值的情况下,所述根据所述测量配置,确定是否上报所述测量报告之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 25, wherein, in the case where the first configuration includes the third measurement height configuration, and the third measurement height configuration includes the fifth height offset value, the Before the measurement configuration determines whether to report the measurement report, the method further includes:
    根据所述UE在所述第五预设时间段内的第六高度偏移值是否达到所述第五高度偏移值,确定是否进行测量。Determine whether to perform the measurement according to whether the sixth height offset value of the UE in the fifth preset time period reaches the fifth height offset value.
  28. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其中,在所述第一配置包括所述第三测量位置配置、且所述第三测量位置配置包括所述第三位置值、以及所述第三位置值指示所述第三地理位置范围的情况下,所述根据所述测量配置,确定是否上报所述测量报告之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 25, wherein the first configuration includes the third measurement position configuration, and the third measurement position configuration includes the third position value and the third position value indication In the case of the third geographic location range, before determining whether to report the measurement report according to the measurement configuration, the method further includes:
    根据所述UE的地理位置值是否在所述第三地理位置范围内,确定是否进行测量。Determine whether to perform measurement according to whether the geographic location value of the UE is within the third geographic location range.
  29. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其中,在所述第一配置包括所述第三测量位置配置、且所述第三测量位置配置包括所述第三位置值、以及所述第三位置值指示所述第五区域标识的情况下,所述根据所述测量配置,确定是否上报所述测量报告之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 25, wherein the first configuration includes the third measurement position configuration, and the third measurement position configuration includes the third position value and the third position value indication In the case of the fifth area identifier, before determining whether to report the measurement report according to the measurement configuration, the method further includes:
    根据所述UE所在区域的第六区域标识是否与所述第五区域标识相同,确定是否进行测量。Determine whether to perform measurement according to whether the sixth area identifier of the area where the UE is located is the same as the fifth area identifier.
  30. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其中,在所述第一配置包括所述第三测量位置配置、且所述第三测量位置配置包括所述第三位置值、以及所述第三位置值指示所述第五小区标识的情况下,所述根据所述测量配置,确定是否上报所述测量报告之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 25, wherein the first configuration includes the third measurement position configuration, and the third measurement position configuration includes the third position value and the third position value indication In the case of the fifth cell identity, before the determining whether to report the measurement report according to the measurement configuration, the method further includes:
    根据所述UE所在小区的第六小区标识是否与所述第五小区标识相同,确定是否进行测量。Determine whether to perform measurement according to whether the sixth cell identity of the cell where the UE is located is the same as the fifth cell identity.
  31. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其中,在所述第一配置包括所述第三测量位置配置、且所述第三测量位置配置包括所述第三位置值、以及所述第三位置值指示所述第五RNA信息的情况下,所述根据所述测量配置,确定是否上报所述测量报告之前, 所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 25, wherein the first configuration includes the third measurement position configuration, and the third measurement position configuration includes the third position value and the third position value indication In the case of the fifth RNA information, before the determining whether to report the measurement report according to the measurement configuration, the method further includes:
    根据所述UE对应的RNA的第六RNA信息是否与所述第五RNA信息相同,确定是否进行测量。Determine whether to perform measurement according to whether the sixth RNA information of the RNA corresponding to the UE is the same as the fifth RNA information.
  32. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其中,在所述第一配置包括所述第三测量位置配置、且所述第三测量位置配置包括所述第三位置值、以及所述第三位置值指示所述第五TA标识的情况下,所述根据所述测量配置,确定是否上报所述测量报告之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 25, wherein the first configuration includes the third measurement position configuration, and the third measurement position configuration includes the third position value and the third position value indication In the case of the fifth TA identifier, before the determining whether to report the measurement report according to the measurement configuration, the method further includes:
    根据所述UE对应的TA的第六TA标识是否与所述第五TA标识相同,确定是否进行测量。Determine whether to perform measurement according to whether the sixth TA identifier of the TA corresponding to the UE is the same as the fifth TA identifier.
  33. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其中,在所述第一配置包括所述第三测量位置配置、且所述第三测量位置配置包括所述第三位置偏移值的情况下,所述根据所述测量配置,确定是否上报所述测量报告之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 25, wherein, in a case where the first configuration includes the third measurement position configuration, and the third measurement position configuration includes the third position offset value, the Before the measurement configuration determines whether to report the measurement report, the method further includes:
    根据所述UE在所述第六预设时间段内的第三移动距离是否达到所述第三位置偏移值,确定是否进行测量。Determine whether to perform measurement according to whether the third moving distance of the UE in the sixth preset time period reaches the third position offset value.
  34. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其中,在所述第一配置包括所述第三测量速度配置的情况下,所述根据所述测量配置,确定是否上报所述测量报告之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 24, wherein, in the case that the first configuration includes the third measurement speed configuration, before the determining whether to report the measurement report according to the measurement configuration, the method further include:
    根据所述UE的速度值是否达到所述第三测量速度配置,确定是否进行测量。Determine whether to perform measurement according to whether the speed value of the UE reaches the third measurement speed configuration.
  35. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述测量报告包括以下至少一项:UE的实际测量量、UE的高度信息、UE的位置信息以及UE的速度信息。The method according to claim 1, wherein the measurement report includes at least one of the following: actual measurement amount of the UE, height information of the UE, location information of the UE, and speed information of the UE.
  36. 一种测量上报配置方法,应用于网络设备,所述方法包括:A measurement report configuration method, applied to a network device, and the method includes:
    向用户设备UE发送测量配置;其中,所述测量配置用于指示所述UE的测量报告的上报条件,所述测量配置包括为所述测量报告进行的以下至少一项配置:测量事件配置、第一测量高度配置、第一测量位置配置以及第一测量速度配置。Send a measurement configuration to the user equipment UE; wherein the measurement configuration is used to indicate the reporting conditions of the measurement report of the UE, and the measurement configuration includes at least one of the following configurations for the measurement report: measurement event configuration, first A measurement height configuration, a first measurement position configuration, and a first measurement speed configuration.
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的方法,其中,在所述测量配置包括所述测量事件配置的情况下,所述测量事件配置包括为相应测量事件进行的以下至少一项配置:测量量配置、第二测量高度配置、第二测量位置配置以及第二测量速度配置。The method according to claim 36, wherein, in the case that the measurement configuration includes the measurement event configuration, the measurement event configuration includes at least one of the following configurations for the corresponding measurement event: measurement quantity configuration, second Measurement height configuration, second measurement position configuration, and second measurement speed configuration.
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的方法,其中,所述测量量配置包括第一测量量变化值和第一测量量门限值,所述第二测量高度配置包括第一高度门限值和/或第一高度偏移值,所述第二测量位置配置包括第一位置值和/或第一位置偏移值;The method according to claim 37, wherein the measurement quantity configuration includes a first measurement quantity change value and a first measurement quantity threshold value, and the second measurement height configuration includes a first height threshold value and/or a first measurement quantity threshold value. A height offset value, and the second measurement position configuration includes a first position value and/or a first position offset value;
    其中,所述第一高度偏移值为所述UE在第一预设时间段内的高度的变化门限值;所述第一位置值用于指示以下至少一项:第一地理位置范围、第一区域标识、第一小区标识、第一接入网通知区域RNA信息以及第一跟踪区TA标识;所述第一位置偏移值用于所述UE确定在第二预设时间段内所述UE的位置是否发生变化和/或所述UE的位置的变化值。Wherein, the first height offset value is the change threshold of the height of the UE in the first preset time period; the first position value is used to indicate at least one of the following: a first geographic location range, The first area identifier, the first cell identifier, the RNA information of the first access network notification area, and the first tracking area TA identifier; the first location offset value is used by the UE to determine the location within the second preset time period. Whether the location of the UE changes and/or the change value of the location of the UE.
  39. 根据权利要求36所述的方法,其中,所述第一测量高度配置包括第二高度门限值和/或第三高度偏移值,所述第一测量位置配置包括第二位置值和/或第二位置偏移值;The method according to claim 36, wherein the first measurement height configuration includes a second height threshold value and/or a third height offset value, and the first measurement position configuration includes a second position value and/or The second position offset value;
    其中,所述第三高度偏移值为所述UE在第三预设时间段内的高度的变化门限值;所述第二位置值用于指示以下至少一项:第二地理位置范围、第三区域标识、第三小区标识、第三RNA信息以及第三TA标识;所述第二位置偏移值用于所述UE确定在第四预设时间段内所述UE的位置是否发生变化和/或所述UE的位置的变化值。Wherein, the third height offset value is the change threshold of the height of the UE in the third preset time period; the second position value is used to indicate at least one of the following: a second geographic location range, The third area identifier, the third cell identifier, the third RNA information, and the third TA identifier; the second location offset value is used by the UE to determine whether the location of the UE has changed within the fourth preset time period And/or the change value of the location of the UE.
  40. 根据权利要求36所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 36, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述UE发送第一配置,所述第一配置用于指示所述UE进行测量的测量条件,所述第一配置包括为所述测量条件进行的以下至少一项配置:第三测量高度配置、第三测量位置配置以及第三测量速度配置。Send a first configuration to the UE, where the first configuration is used to indicate a measurement condition for the UE to perform measurement, and the first configuration includes at least one of the following configurations for the measurement condition: a third measurement height configuration , The third measurement position configuration and the third measurement speed configuration.
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的方法,其中,所述第三测量高度配置包括第三高度门限值和/或第五高度偏移值,所述第三测量位置配置包括第三位置值和/或第三位置偏移值;The method according to claim 40, wherein the third measurement height configuration includes a third height threshold value and/or a fifth height offset value, and the third measurement position configuration includes a third position value and/or The third position offset value;
    其中,所述第五高度偏移值为所述UE在第五预设时间段内的高度的变化门限值;所述第三位置值用于指示以下至少一项:第三地理位置范围、第五区域标识、第五小区标识、第五RNA信息以及第五TA标识;所述第三位置偏移值用于所述UE确定在第六预设时间段内所述UE的位置是否发生变化和/或所述UE的位置的变化值。Wherein, the fifth height offset value is the change threshold of the height of the UE in the fifth preset time period; the third position value is used to indicate at least one of the following: a third geographic location range, The fifth area identifier, the fifth cell identifier, the fifth RNA information, and the fifth TA identifier; the third position offset value is used by the UE to determine whether the position of the UE has changed within the sixth preset time period And/or the change value of the location of the UE.
  42. 一种用户设备UE,所述UE包括:接收模块和确定模块;A user equipment UE, the UE includes: a receiving module and a determining module;
    所述接收模块,用于接收网络设备发送的测量配置;其中,所述测量配置用于指示所述UE的测量报告的上报条件,所述测量配置包括为所述测量报告进行的以下至少一项配置:测量事件配置、第一测量高度配置、第一测量位置配置以及第一测量速度配置;The receiving module is configured to receive a measurement configuration sent by a network device; wherein the measurement configuration is used to indicate a reporting condition of the UE's measurement report, and the measurement configuration includes at least one of the following for the measurement report Configuration: measurement event configuration, first measurement height configuration, first measurement position configuration, and first measurement speed configuration;
    所述确定模块,用于根据所述接收模块接收的所述测量配置,确定是否上报所述测量报告。The determining module is configured to determine whether to report the measurement report according to the measurement configuration received by the receiving module.
  43. 一种网络设备,所述网络设备包括:发送模块;A network device, the network device includes: a sending module;
    所述发送模块,用于向用户设备UE发送测量配置;其中,所述测量配置用于指示所述UE的测量报告的上报条件,所述测量配置包括为所述测量报告进行的以下至少一项配置:测量事件配置、第一测量高度配置、第一测量位置配置以及第一测量速度配置。The sending module is configured to send a measurement configuration to a user equipment UE; wherein the measurement configuration is used to indicate a reporting condition of a measurement report of the UE, and the measurement configuration includes at least one of the following for the measurement report Configuration: measurement event configuration, first measurement height configuration, first measurement location configuration, and first measurement speed configuration.
  44. 一种用户设备UE,包括处理器、存储器及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的计算机程序,所述计算机程序被所述处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至35中任一项所述的测量上报配置方法的步骤。A user equipment UE, comprising a processor, a memory, and a computer program stored on the memory and running on the processor, the computer program being executed by the processor is implemented as in claims 1 to 35 Any of the steps of the measurement report configuration method.
  45. 一种网络设备,包括处理器、存储器及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的计算机程序,所述计算机程序被所述处理器执行时实现如权利要求36至41中任一项所述的测量上报配置方法的步骤。A network device, comprising a processor, a memory, and a computer program stored on the memory and capable of running on the processor. The computer program is executed by the processor to implement any of claims 36 to 41. The steps of the measurement report configuration method described in one item.
  46. 一种通信系统,所述通信系统包括如权利要求42所述的用户设备UE,以及如权利要求43所述的网络设备;或者,A communication system comprising the user equipment UE according to claim 42 and the network equipment according to claim 43; or,
    所述通信系统包括如权利要求44所述的UE以及如权利要求45所述的网络设备。The communication system includes the UE according to claim 44 and the network device according to claim 45.
  47. 一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质上存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序被处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至35中任一项所述的测量上报配置方法的步骤,或者如权利要求36至41中任一项所述的测量上报配置方法的步骤。A computer-readable storage medium storing a computer program on the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, the steps of the measurement report configuration method according to any one of claims 1 to 35 are realized, Or the steps of the measurement report configuration method according to any one of claims 36 to 41.
PCT/CN2020/120156 2019-10-11 2020-10-10 Measurement report configuration method, device and system WO2021068930A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910965268.1 2019-10-11
CN201910965268.1A CN112654066B (en) 2019-10-11 2019-10-11 Measurement report configuration method, equipment and system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021068930A1 true WO2021068930A1 (en) 2021-04-15

Family

ID=75343448

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/120156 WO2021068930A1 (en) 2019-10-11 2020-10-10 Measurement report configuration method, device and system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN112654066B (en)
WO (1) WO2021068930A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113747528A (en) * 2021-08-24 2021-12-03 维沃移动通信有限公司 Measurement reporting method, device and equipment

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115529619A (en) * 2021-06-24 2022-12-27 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 Measurement method, device, terminal and network side equipment
CN115604728A (en) * 2021-06-28 2023-01-13 维沃移动通信有限公司(Cn) Communication sensing method and device and network equipment
WO2024022265A1 (en) * 2022-07-29 2024-02-01 维沃移动通信有限公司 Measurement result reporting method and apparatus, terminal, network side device, and medium
CN118120196A (en) * 2022-09-29 2024-05-31 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Communication method, device and storage medium
WO2024065749A1 (en) * 2022-09-30 2024-04-04 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Measurement reporting method and device
CN118695272A (en) * 2023-03-21 2024-09-24 夏普株式会社 Method performed by user equipment and user equipment

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019028915A1 (en) * 2017-08-11 2019-02-14 华为技术有限公司 Test reporting method and apparatus
CN109548039A (en) * 2017-08-11 2019-03-29 索尼公司 Device and method, computer readable storage medium in wireless communication system
CN109548071A (en) * 2017-09-21 2019-03-29 索尼公司 Device and method, computer readable storage medium in wireless communication system
WO2019194727A1 (en) * 2018-04-05 2019-10-10 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Systems and methods for adjusting parameters based on an airborne status

Family Cites Families (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104640148B (en) * 2010-01-15 2016-03-30 华为技术有限公司 Measure report method, Apparatus and system
US9091746B2 (en) * 2010-07-01 2015-07-28 Qualcomm Incorporated Determination of positions of wireless transceivers to be added to a wireless communication network
CN102761901A (en) * 2011-04-29 2012-10-31 中国移动通信集团公司 Measurement reporting method and measurement reporting device
US9730090B2 (en) * 2012-11-15 2017-08-08 Mediatek, Inc. Radio link failure report extensions in mobile communication networks
CN106231626B (en) * 2016-07-15 2019-11-26 华为技术有限公司 A kind of method and device sending measurement report
CN108605236B (en) * 2016-10-13 2023-06-27 华为技术有限公司 Measurement report method and related equipment
EP3469827B1 (en) * 2017-04-21 2021-06-09 LG Electronics Inc. Method for performing measurement for aerial ue in wireless communication system and a device therefor
CN109547971A (en) * 2017-09-21 2019-03-29 索尼公司 Device and method, computer readable storage medium in wireless communication system
CN109561448A (en) * 2017-09-27 2019-04-02 株式会社Ntt都科摩 Adjust method, user equipment and the base station of mobility relevant parameter
JP7393748B2 (en) * 2017-12-01 2023-12-07 オリジン ワイヤレス, インコーポレイテッド Apparatus, system and method for fall detection based on radio signals

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019028915A1 (en) * 2017-08-11 2019-02-14 华为技术有限公司 Test reporting method and apparatus
CN109548039A (en) * 2017-08-11 2019-03-29 索尼公司 Device and method, computer readable storage medium in wireless communication system
CN109548071A (en) * 2017-09-21 2019-03-29 索尼公司 Device and method, computer readable storage medium in wireless communication system
WO2019194727A1 (en) * 2018-04-05 2019-10-10 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Systems and methods for adjusting parameters based on an airborne status

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
NTT DOCOMO, INC.: "Discussion on identification of airborne status, interference detection and mobility enhancement for aerial UE, R2-1806042", 3GPP TSG RAN WG2 MEETING #101BIS, 20 April 2018 (2018-04-20), XP051416377 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113747528A (en) * 2021-08-24 2021-12-03 维沃移动通信有限公司 Measurement reporting method, device and equipment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN112654066A (en) 2021-04-13
CN112654066B (en) 2023-03-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021068930A1 (en) Measurement report configuration method, device and system
CN110958636B (en) CSI report reporting method, terminal equipment and network equipment
US20210329443A1 (en) Positioning method and terminal
CN111278042B (en) Information reporting method and terminal
CN111436072B (en) Measurement method, terminal, measurement indication method and network side equipment
CN109803275B (en) Method, device and system for sending and receiving beam failure recovery request
WO2019137337A1 (en) Cell selection method, terminal, and network device
CN111526551B (en) Cell access method, device and system
WO2021109955A1 (en) Neighboring cell csi report sending method and receiving method, and related devices
CN110505692B (en) Beam failure recovery method and device in multi-carrier system
US11375418B2 (en) Condition handover method, related devices and computer-readable storage medium
CN110944351B (en) Measurement configuration method, equipment and system
CN110475298B (en) Cell determination method, equipment and system
JP7457703B2 (en) Measurement instruction method, device and system
CN111641963A (en) Cell measurement method and terminal equipment
CN110011766B (en) Beam failure detection method, terminal and network equipment
WO2020164513A1 (en) Information processing method, device and system
CN112839363A (en) Cell measurement method, device and system
WO2021068801A1 (en) Method, device and system for dwelling in cell
WO2019242678A1 (en) Measuring method and terminal
CN111263412A (en) Information transmission method, equipment and system
CN112788674B (en) Switching method, configuration method, terminal and network equipment
CN113453294A (en) Cell switching method, equipment and system
CN111615176A (en) Cell determination method, equipment and system
CN110139328B (en) Cell adjusting method of mobile terminal, mobile terminal and storage medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20874446

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20874446

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1